Thank you for choosing NIO's EL7 model (hereinafter referred to as "EL7"). EL7 is a smart electric vehicle. During your green journey with EL7, you will get a seamless and considerate user experience.
Before starting your journey with EL7, it is recommended that you read the User Manual from the center display to get all the information you need to use the vehicle.
The contents of this manual shall not be reproduced or modified in whole or in part without legal and valid authorization.
To avoid failure of the vehicle's function or personal injury, vehicle parts shall not be modified, adjusted or dismantled without legal and valid authorization.
The labels, logos and pictures used in this manual are for illustration purposes only, and the content is for reference only.
The description and illustration in this manual are for reference only. The actual equipment, configuration, and features of your vehicle may differ from those described and illustrated in this manual, but will be upgraded with the software version update of your vehicle. For the avoidance of doubt, NIO reserves the right to decide whether and when to provide the vehicle's equipment, configuration, features, and related software upgrades for safety, compliance with laws and regulations, and other considerations.
Please strictly follow the warning information in this manual to use your vehicle more safely. Please also keep updated with any other warnings issued by NIO. Please make sure that you have carefully read the latest version of this manual and are familiar with the features of EL7 prior to use.
NIO shall not bear any liability for any personal injury to you/others or damage to your vehicle/property caused by failure to properly operate EL7 as instructed.
Warning: This content is closely related to personal safety and must be complied. Failure to comply may lead to personal injury or serious accident.
Caution: This content gives you tips on how to avoid possible vehicle damage or property damage.
Note: This content gives you suggestions for better use of your vehicle.
If you have any questions about this manual, please contact us by phone, or log on to the NIO official website to obtain the latest version of the EL7 User Manual.
If you need assistance in an emergency, please contact us by phone .
Find My Car
To find the vehicle when it is far away
You, or the authorized user, can check the parking location information of the vehicle in the mobile app to experience the convenience of finding the vehicle. When the vehicle is connected to the network, you can check the current location where the vehicle is parked in the upper left corner of the “My Vehicle” page in the mobile app. Tap this location information to view the current location of the vehicle on the map page.
To find the vehicle when it is nearby
When the vehicle is not driving and the valid key is within 70 meters of the vehicle, press the lock button on the smart key twice within a span of 3 seconds, and the vehicle horn will emit a sound and the turn lights will flash to alert you of the precise location of the vehicle. Pressing this button again after 5 seconds will cancel the Find My Car prompting, otherwise the vehicle-finding feature will be automatically turned off after 10 seconds.
When the Bluetooth key feature of the mobile phone is turned on or the vehicle is connected to the network, you can also tap the “Find My Car” button on the “My Vehicle” page in the mobile app to search for the vehicle, which will trigger the vehicle’s horn to emit a sound and the turn light to flash. Press this button again to cancel the Find My Car prompting.
Unlocking/Locking with Smart Key Fob
Before entering the vehicle, you can unlock it with the smart key fob. The maximum effective range of the smart key fob is 30-70 meters away from the vehicle and may vary with the status of the smart key fob.
The smart key fob has the following buttons:
Unlock
When the vehicle is in PARK, press the button to unlock the vehicle. If successful, the turn signals will flash three times, and the exterior door handles will extend automatically.
When all four doors are unlocked with the smart key fob, the tailgate can be opened from the outside without a key.
To open all windows, press and hold the lock button. The windows will stop moving after you release the button.
You can set the unlocking mode for your smart key fob on the center display. Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap
Doors & Windows > Vehicle Unlock Mode. Choose "All" to unlock all doors at once by pressing the smart key fob. Choose "Driver" to unlock the driver's door first by pressing the smart key fob once, and then the remaining three doors by pressing the smart key fob again.
Lock
When the vehicle is in PARK and all doors (including the hood and the tailgate) are closed, short press the button to lock the vehicle. If successful, the turn signals will flash once, and the vehicle's horn will honk once. Meanwhile, the exterior door handles will retract, and the side mirrors will fold automatically (to turn on the side mirror auto-fold, enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driving > Side Mirrors > Auto Fold On Lock).
After locking, the tailgate can only be opened from the outside using the smart key fob.
To enable/disable the lock confirmation sound, enter Settings from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Sound > Ringer & Alerts > Lock Sound.
To close all windows, press and hold the lock button. The windows will stop moving after you release the button.
When the vehicle is not being driven and the authenticated key fob is within 70 meters of the vehicle, press the button twice in a row within three seconds. The vehicle's horn will honk, and the turn signals will flash to indicate the vehicle's location. Press the button again after 5 seconds to clear the location prompt. Otherwise, the location prompt will turn off automatically after 10 seconds.
When all the doors are closed, you can press the lock button on the smart key fob outside the vehicle to lock the vehicle. The turn signals will flash once, and the horn will honk once to indicate that the vehicle is locked. If there are doors left open, you are not able to lock the vehicle by pressing the lock button. You will receive a message reminding you that your vehicle was not successfully locked.
Tailgate
When the tailgate is closed, press and hold the button to open the tailgate. After the tailgate is opened, press and hold the button again to close the tailgate.
When leaving a person or a pet in the vehicle, you must ensure that you have your smart key fob with you. Failure to do so may result in injury or death.
CautionNT2 Smart Key Fob
The smart key fob is an electronic component. Protect it from any impact or disassembly, high temperatures, damage from liquids, or strong vibrations.
Even though there are occupants in the vehicle, you can still lock the vehicle with the smart key fob. The occupants can get out of the vehicle when needed, but the anti-theft alarm system will be triggered.
If a smart key fob or phone with the Bluetooth digital key is left in the vehicle, you can still lock the vehicle with smart key fob, and the NIO app will remind you of a key left in the vehicle.
If an occupant accidentally takes the smart key fob or phone with the Bluetooth digital key out of the vehicle for more than 3 meters, the vehicle will remind you of a key out of the range.
If any door or the liftgate is not opened within 30 seconds after the vehicle is unlocked, all of the doors and the liftgate will lock automatically.
If the key fob is lost or damaged, please contact NIO immediately and take all of your keys to NIO for authentication, or apply for new key fobs.
Caution智能钥匙亏电时可使用物理应急钥匙上锁驾驶侧车门,所有车门随之一同上锁。
When the key fob battery is low, use the emergency key to lock the driver’s door. All other doors will be locked at the same time.
After closing the driver’s door and locking the vehicle, if you accidentally leave the smart key fob in the vehicle when closing another door, the anti-lockout feature will activate automatically. In this case, the vehicle will unlock automatically, the turn signals will flash three times, and the horn will honk three times.
When the vehicle is in PARK, you can enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap
Doors & Windows > Auto Window Closing to set auto window closing upon vehicle lock. When you lock the vehicle from the outside (with a smart key fob, NFC, NIO app, keyless locking, or Walk-Away Lock), all the windows will close automatically with anti-pinch protection engaged. When the windows are closing, if you press the lock button on the key fob or mobile app, the windows will stop closing.
Caution执行锁车自动关窗时请确保车辆已成功上锁。
When turning on Auto Window Close, please ensure the vehicle is locked.
For occupants’ safety, when a front seat is occupied, if the vehicle is locked, the windows will not close. Please do not leave occupants or pets in the locked vehicle.
If the vehicle is locked while a window is rising, the window will stop rising. In this case, unlock the vehicle first, then lock the vehicle again, and the windows will close automatically.
Replacing the Smart Key Fob Battery
The smart key fob uses a CR2477 coin cell battery. To replace the battery, please pinch the sides of the key fob firmly between fingers, and slide your fingernail or a thin plastic sheet from the bottom gap along the side slit of the key fob until the rear cover can be opened.
Dispose of used batteries according to instructions and local laws. Please see the NIO website for details.
Install the coin cell battery with the positive terminal facing down. After installing, align the battery's contacts, and then close the rear cover properly to ensure proper use of the key fob.
When the key fob battery is low, its remote unlock feature may be affected. In this case, you can try to unlock the vehicle from a shorter distance. If it still doesn’t work, please use other methods (e.g. the mobile app or emergency key) to unlock the vehicle.
Radio waves may affect the performance of the key fob. Keep other electronic devices (e.g. phones, laptops and tablets) at least 30 cm away from the key fob.
Keyless Unlocking and Locking
When you carry a valid smart key with you, or have the Bluetooth key turned on from your mobile phone (like in your pocket or bag), you can unlock or lock the vehicle by touching the corresponding part of any outer door handle without taking out the key.
If you leave the key in the vehicle, or when any door is open (including the hood and tailgate), and when you tap the lock button on any door to perform the keyless locking action outside the vehicle, the vehicle will not be fully locked in such a situation, and the horn will sound to alert you to take the key out of the vehicle or close the corresponding door.
Caution进行无钥匙解锁/上锁操作时,车辆需挂 P 挡且车门、前盖及尾门均关上。
To unlock/lock the vehicle without using a key, ensure that the vehicle is in PARK and that all doors, hood and liftgate are closed.
Caution进行无钥匙上锁操作时,请勿使用蛮力按压车外门把手。
When locking the vehicle without a key, avoid pressing too hard on the exterior door handle.
Patients who are dependent on pacemakers should stay at least 22 centimeters away from the interior antennas, to avoid their cardiac pacemakers from being interfered by the keyless unlocking system’s antenna.
Location of the interior Bluetooth antenna:
Under the interior rearview mirror cover
Below the rear left door
Below the rear right door
Rear roof
Above rear bumper bracket
Unlocking, Starting and Locking with NIO App
You can remotely unlock or lock the doors and start the vehicle when you are still away from the vehicle by tapping Door Locks in My Vehicle on the NIO app. Doing this allows you to lend your vehicle to someone else.
You can enable the following unlocking features:
Unlocking doors only
Only the doors are unlocked, with the door handles extending automatically.
At this point, you can tap "Remote Start", and then sit in the driver’s seat and press the brake pedal within 2 minutes to start the vehicle.
Unlocking and starting the vehicle
After the vehicle is unlocked with the door handles extending, you can start the vehicle remotely. Sit in the driver’s seat and press the brake pedal within 2 minutes to start the vehicle.
The vehicle will exit the remote start mode after the driver finishes driving and leaves the seat. You can proceed with remote vehicle start once again by tapping "Remote Start" in "My Vehicle".
Note远程解锁启动
If you do not press the brake pedal to start the vehicle within 2 minutes after Remote Unlocking and Starting is enabled, the vehicle will automatically exit the remote start mode. At this point, you can press the "Remote Start" button to start the vehicle.
To unlock/lock and start the vehicle on the NIO app, ensure that the following conditions are met:
The user must be the vehicle’s owner or a user authorized by the owner.
The vehicle is in PARK with all doors closed.
The phone and vehicle are connected to the Internet.
Your phone’s Unlocking and Starting via Bluetooth feature is disabled (otherwise Bluetooth will be preferred for unlocking and starting).
Note如果用户因故无法使用手机 APP 执行解锁操作,可以呼叫蔚来汽车服务中心寻求帮助。
If you or an authorized user cannot unlock the vehicle using the NIO app, please contact NIO for assistance.
Unlocking/Locking via Bluetooth
The Unlocking and Starting via Bluetooth feature enables you to easily and quickly unlock/lock the vehicle without a smart key fob.
First, open the NIO app. Tap
My Vehicle > Settings >Bluetooth Digital Key to create a Unlocking and Starting via Bluetooth service. Then enable this service and Bluetooth on your phone, and keep your phone close to an unlocked vehicle to pair the vehicle with your phone and activate this service. After successful activation, the top of the My Vehicle page will show that your phone has been connected to the vehicle via Bluetooth digital key, and then you can use the Bluetooth digital key to replace the smart key fob for unlocking and locking your vehicle. Then your phone will be automatically connected to your vehicle when approaching. You can also go to the Key Management page to manage the Bluetooth digital key or delete it as needed.
If the vehicle is in PARK, when you approach it (about 30–70 meters at maximum, which may vary according to the status of Bluetooth connection) with your phone's Unlocking and Starting via Bluetooth enabled, you can perform the following operations:
Tap the Unlock/Lock button on the My Vehicle page of the NIO app to unlock/lock the vehicle, with the door handles extending or retracting automatically.
After unlocking your vehicle successfully with the Bluetooth digital key, you just need to get seated and close the driver's door and then press the brake pedal to start the vehicle.
Carry your phone and touch the designated area on the door handle to unlock/lock the vehicle.
After enabling the Walk-Up Unlocking feature on the center display, when you enter the specified range area around the vehicle with your phone, the vehicle will unlock automatically.
After enabling the Walk-Away Lock feature on the center display, when you leave the vehicle for the specified distance with your phone, the vehicle will automatically lock.
You can press the trunk switch or go to the My Vehicle page of the NIO app to open/close the truck.
You can find your vehicle, adjust windows, your vehicle via the My Vehicle page of the NIO app.
Caution手机蓝牙钥匙
If you fail to lock or unlock the vehicle with the Bluetooth digital key due to a Bluetooth connection error, fix the error and try again.
If the Bluetooth connection between your phone and the vehicle fails when you try to start the vehicle with the Bluetooth digital key, please reconnect via Bluetooth and try again.
The Bluetooth digital key is only available for a paired phone. If you use a new phone, create a new Bluetooth digital key, and the Bluetooth digital key on the previous phone will be disabled automatically. To log in to the account, you need to reactivate the Bluetooth digital key.
Both the vehicle owner and authorized users can create a Bluetooth digital key, but the number of Bluetooth digital keys that can be paired with the vehicle is limited.
Even though there are occupants in the vehicle, you can still lock the vehicle with the Bluetooth digital key. The occupants can get out of the vehicle when needed, but the anti-theft alarm system will be triggered.
If a smart key fob or phone with the Bluetooth digital key is left in the vehicle, you can still lock the vehicle with smart key fob, and the NIO app will remind you of a key left in the vehicle.
If an occupant accidentally takes the smart key fob or phone with the Bluetooth digital key out of the vehicle for more than 3 meters, the vehicle will remind you of a key out of the range.
NFC Unlocking and Locking
You, or the authorized user, can also use an NFC-enabled mobile phone or NFC card to unlock or lock the vehicle, and once the vehicle is unlocked, the tailgate can be opened from the outside.
To unlock or lock the vehicle from your phone:
Open
My Vehicle > Vehicle Info > NFC Key in the mobile app, and when the “NFC Key” is on, you will see the “NFC” logo in the upper left corner of the “My Vehicle” interface.
Turn on the NFC feature of the mobile phone, and set NIO as the default payment app.
Keep the phone screen unlocked, put the NFC sensing area of the phone close to the NFC sensing area of the B-pillar on the driver’s side, then the app will prompt “NFC key is being used”. Once the vehicle is unlocked, the door handle will pop up automatically, and will automatically retract if the vehicle is locked along with a “click” locking sound.
Hold the NFC card close to the NFC sensing area of the B-pillar on the driver’s side and hold it there for a while, then the vehicle will be automatically unlocked or locked. Once the vehicle is unlocked, the door handle will pop up automatically, and will automatically retract if the vehicle is locked along with a “click” locking sound.
CautionNT2 NFC
The NFC's detection range is less than 10 millimeters. It is recommended to place your mobile phone or NFC card near the NFC detection area for a short period to unlock or lock the vehicle.
After unlocking the vehicle via NFC, you can still lock it using other methods (e.g. your smart key fob or emergency key). We recommend carrying your smart key fob or phone with you.
Please keep your NFC card safe. Protect it from impact, bending, high temperatures, strong vibration, and damage from liquids.
You cannot use the NFC feature during vehicle updates. Please carry the smart key fob with you to unlock the vehicle.
When unlocking or locking the vehicle via NFC, please log into the NIO app and redownload the NFC key if you are unable to obtain an authenticated NFC key. If an authenticated NFC key is not detected, please ensure that the vehicle matches the NFC account. Then reopen the NFC app and unlock the mobile phone screen to unlock or lock the vehicle again. If NFC still doesn't work, please contact NIO.
Unlocking and Locking on the Center Console
You can unlock or lock the vehicle with the lock button on the center console.
When the vehicle is fully unlocked and all doors are closed, press the lock button on the center console to lock the vehicle. The center display will display the locked status of the vehicle, and the LED on the button will light up green.
When the vehicle is fully locked (not from the outside) or only the driver’s door is unlocked, press the lock button on the center console to unlock the vehicle. The center display will display the unlocked status of the vehicle, and the LED on the button will go off.
Emergency Unlocking and Locking
To Unlock/Lock the Vehicle from Outside in an Emergency
When the vehicle cannot be unlocked or locked using the above conventional methods from the outside, you can use the physical emergency key to unlock or lock the driver’s door.
Caution请将物理应急钥匙带出车外并妥善保管,以备紧急解锁或上锁时使用。
Do not leave the emergency key in your vehicle. Please keep it safe in case of emergency.
How to use the physical emergency key:
Press and hold the front part of the outer door handle of the driver’s door to unfold the outer door handle.
Hold the unfolded outer door handle with one hand while inserting the physical emergency key into the keyhole in the outer door handle with the other hand, and turn the key counterclockwise to unlock the driver’s door.
When locking, press and hold the front part of the outer door handle, turn the physical emergency key counterclockwise for one unlocking action, and then turn the key clockwise to lock the driver’s door.
To lock the vehicle with the key fob after it has been unlocked with the emergency key, reset the lock cylinder by unlocking and then locking the driver's door to keep the vehicle safe.
When the battery of the vehicle is depleted, the physical emergency key can only lock the driver’s door. If you want to lock the other doors, toggle down the door lock hole, and simply close the door to lock it. However, in such a situation, the door cannot be opened from the outside.
Emergency Unlocking from Inside
When the whole vehicle is locked, if you need to open the door in an emergency (such as when the door handle electronic switch fails, or the vehicle is soaked in water), pull the mechanical switch off the inner door handles once to open the corresponding side door.
CautionES7 Opening the Door from Inside in an Emergency
When the 12V battery of the vehicle is low on power, the physical emergency key can only be used to unlock the door on the driver side. At such moments it cannot be used to unlock the whole vehicle. The other doors can only be unlocked and opened by pulling the mechanical switch for the inner door handles.
Neither rear door can be opened from inside when the Child-Protection Lock function is enabled. They can only be opened from outside once the whole vehicle is unlocked.
In the event of an accident that is of sufficient gravity to trigger airbag deployment, the Child-Protection Lock on the rear door will unlock automatically.
Walk Up Unlock
Walk Up Unlock works when you carry a valid smart key fob or a phone with the Unlocking and Starting via Bluetooth feature enabled. The vehicle will automatically unlock when you are within about 1.5 meters of the B pillar.
You can enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap
Doors & Windows > Walk-Up Unlock to enable this feature.
Auto Unlock in PARK
The vehicle automatically unlocks in PARK.
If the vehicle is locked automatically while driving (at a speed over 8 km/h), the vehicle will unlock the doors automatically when you stop the vehicle by pressing the brake pedal and shifting into PARK. After unlocking, the tailgate can be opened from the outside without a key.
Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap
Doors & Windows > Auto Unlock in PARK to set this feature.
Choose
All to allow all doors to unlock automatically in PARK. In this setting, the tailgate can be opened from the outside.
Choose
Driver to allow only the driver's door to unlock automatically in PARK.
Walk-Away Lock
Walk Away Lock works when you carry a valid smart key fob or a mobile phone with the Unlocking and Starting via Bluetooth feature enabled. The vehicle will automatically lock when you walk 3-7 meters away from it. When the vehicle is locked by Walk-Away Lock, a lock sound will be provided, the turn signals will flash, and the side mirrors will fold automatically if Auto Fold On Lock is enabled.
You can enter Settings from the bottom of the center display and tap
Doors & Windows > Walk-Away Lock to enable this feature. Please only use Walk-Away Lock in familiar and safe areas. After Walk-Away Lock is turned on, be sure to carry an authenticated smart key fob with you or enable the Unlocking and Starting via Bluetooth feature on your phone, and check that the vehicle is successfully locked as you walk away.
Warning离开车辆时请确认车辆已成功自动上锁,保障车内财产安全。
When Walk-Away Lock is turned on, ensure that no child or pet is left in the vehicle so as to avoid any accidents.
When using Walk-Away Lock, please ensure the vehicle is locked via the lock sound or visual checks (headlights, side mirrors or the NIO app), so as to protect the property inside your vehicle.
When there is another authenticated smart key fob in the vehicle or any other condition for locking is not met (such as a door, the hood, or the liftgate not being closed or turning Walk-Away Lock off on the center display), Walk-Away Lock will fail.
Please do not place your smart key fob close to a mobile phone, Bluetooth headset, or other communication devices. Otherwise, the vehicle may be locked by mistake due to signal interference.
Equipment with a strong magnetic field such as DC chargers or high voltage substations may interfere with the smart key fob’s signal, which may lock the vehicle by mistake in certain cases. It is recommended to carry your smart key fob with you to avoid any inconvenience caused by the unintended locking of the vehicle.
Drive-Away Locking
Your vehicle can automatically lock while driving.
When the vehicle is unlocked and all doors, the front hood, and the tailgate are closed, the vehicle automatically locks all doors when the driving speed exceeds 8 km/h.
Note车辆由静止到行驶的过程中,只能触发一次自动上锁功能。
Drive Away Locking will only be activated once the vehicle transitions from being stationary to moving.
Anti-Theft Alarm System
Once the vehicle is locked from the outside (including the hood and tailgate) with the smart key, mobile app, NFC feature or physical emergency key, the anti-theft alarm system will be automatically activated.
If someone tries to open the door in the absence of a valid smart key (or without valid authorization), the anti-theft alarm will be activated, and the turn lights and horn will both emit an alarm. You can unlock the vehicle from outside through the smart key, mobile app, and NFC feature to turn off the anti-theft alarm.
Door Handle
When the vehicle is fully unlocked, the outer door handles will pop up automatically, and you can open the door via sensing by gently touching the inside of the door handle. By doing so the door will pop ajar for you to open the door easily. When closing the door, just give it a push and the door will be magnetically closed from a half-closed position, achieving an easy and convenient door opening and closing experience.
You can turn the door handle sensing feature on/off on the center display: enter the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Doors & Windows > Door Handle Sensing Open.
The outer door handles retract automatically when the vehicle is locked or the vehicle speed exceeds 8 km/h.
You can configure the automatic door handle retraction on the center display. Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Doors & Windows > Door Handle Sensing Retract. After enabling the function, the door handles will retract in 20s after the vehicle is unlocked. This will prevent scratching pedestrians or being opened by strangers. The door handles can pop out again by touching the sensing region on the handles.
When the door automatically closes or the exterior door handles automatically retract, please ensure that occupants (especially children) keep their hands away from the door handles. Failure to do so may result in personal injury.
NoteES7若佩戴绝缘手套导致门把手轻触功能失效,可手动轻拉门把手,即可实现开门操作。
If the door handle does not extend because you are wearing insulated gloves, you can pull it slightly to open the door.
Caution若外门把手无法展开,可按住对应外门把手前部区域,即可手动展开车外门把手。
If the exterior door handles cannot extend automatically, push the front end of the exterior door handle to deploy the corresponding handle.
You can open the door from inside by pressing the electronic switch on the corresponding inner door handles. Press once if the door is unlocked, or press twice if the door is locked, then the corresponding door will pop open.
CautionElectronic switch for the inner door handles
When the vehicle speed is higher than 3km/h, the electronic switch for the inner door handles will be automatically disabled. Pay attention to driving safety.
The electronic switch for the inner door handles can only be turned on when there is a need to unbuckle the seat belt.
Easy Entry and Exit
After the doors are open, you and your family and friends can enter the vehicle and take a seat. The vehicle is equipped with various Easy Entry and Exit features.
Easy Entry and Exit for the Driver
You can set the most convenient exit position on the center display: when the vehicle is stationary and put in Park, and when you open the driver’s door intending to get out of the vehicle, the driver’s seat will automatically move to the exit position you set (including the vertical and horizontal position of the seat cushion, and the angle of the backrest), and the steering wheel will automatically move to the topmost position to provide you with convenient access for you to get out, and to get in next time.
You can turn this feature on/off on the center display: enter the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Position Adjustment > Driver’s Seat > Easy Entry and Exit. You and the authorized users can set up exit positions under your respective accounts. After manually adjusting the exit position for the driver’s seat, tap
Position Adjustment > Driver’s Seat > Position Memory >
Exit Position, and the current position setting will be saved under this account. Every time the driver’s door is opened or the seat belt is released (can be set up on the center display), the driver's seat will automatically move to the exit position saved under this account.
Caution设置离车位置时,请勿将座椅调节至最后、靠背调节过低,避免影响后排乘客使用。
When setting the exit position, do not move the seat to the rearmost position or recline the backrest to the lowest position. Doing so may adversely affect the rear passengers. You can set the recommended optimal exit position on the center display.
After turning on Driver Seat Easy Entry, when you sit in the driver’s seat and close the door (or press the brake pedal), the driver’s seat, steering wheel, side mirrors and HUD height will automatically adjust to the settings saved in the system.
Easy Entry and Exit for the Front Passenger
When the vehicle is stationary and put in Park, and when you open the front passenger door, the front passenger seat will automatically move to the default position (where the seat cushion and the angle of the backrest are in a relatively rearward location, and the leg support automatically moves to the lowest position) to provide the front passenger with an easy exit and entry.
You can turn this feature on/off on the center display: enter the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Position Adjustment > Front Passenger Seat > Easy Entry and Exit. There are two settings for Easy Entry and Exit:
Exit only: by unfastening the seat belt or opening the front passenger door (which can be set up on the center display), the seat will automatically move to the default position; while the passenger gets in the vehicle and closes the front passenger door, the seat will not change and will remain in the position it was in when the passenger got out the last time.
Exit + Entry: by unfastening the seat belt or opening the front passenger door, the seat will automatically move to the default position; when the passenger gets in the vehicle and closes the front passenger door, the seat will automatically move to the usual position set under the corresponding account (to be set up on the center display under Front Passenger Seat > Position Memory).
Caution开启副驾驶轻松进出功能后,请注意周围环境及后排乘客的安全。
When using Front Passenger Easy Entry, it is recommended that you set the default position appropriately, and pay attention to the surrounding environment and the safety of any passengers in the second row.
Automatic Lowering of Ride Height
After locking, the vehicle suspension can automatically be lowered to the lowest body height, making it convenient for you to enter the vehicle and take a seat or luggage next time. When driving, the suspension will automatically rise to the height corresponding to the drive mode.
You may go to the Settings page on the leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driving > Suspension Easy Entry to turn this feature on/off.
Before turning on Ride Height Easy Entry, ensure that the area underneath the vehicle is clear of people and any objects, and is on a flat road. Failure to do so may result in injury to people or damage to the vehicle.
Tailgate
Opening and Closing the Tailgate by Pressing the Button
When you carry the smart key, lightly press the pressure plate on the handle of the tailgate to open the tailgate.
During the opening of the tailgate, press and hold the tailgate button for a few seconds, and the height of the tailgate at that moment can be automatically memorized.
Caution打开尾门前需清除尾门上的附着物,如雪和冰。否则可能导致尾门打开后再次突然关闭。
Before opening the liftgate, ensure that it is clear of objects such as snow and ice. Otherwise, the liftgate may suddenly close on its own.
Your vehicle is equipped with a one-button tailgate closing feature.
Press the button on the tailgate to automatically close and lock the tailgate, and you will hear a “click” to confirm the closure.
Opening and Closing the Tailgate with the Center Display
Swipe right on the left edge of the center display to enter the Quick Settings page, then touch
Rear Trunk to open the rear trunk.
Opening the tailgate: press and hold
Press and Hold to Open, and the tailgate will open automatically.
Closing the tailgate: press and hold
Press and Hold to Close, and the tailgate will close automatically.
During the opening or closing of the tailgate, tap the tailgate opening or closing button, and the movement will stop.
Opening and Closing the Tailgate with the Smart Key
Opening the tailgate: press and hold the tailgate button on the smart key, and the tailgate will open automatically.
Closing the tailgate: press and hold the tailgate button on the smart key, and the tailgate will close automatically.
Caution如果智能钥匙电量不足,则无法执行该操作,需及时更换电池。
This feature is unavailable when the smart key fob battery is low. Please replace the battery as soon as possible.
Opening and Closing the Tailgate in the Mobile APP
When the vehicle is put in Park and the doors are closed, you can open the My Vehicle interface in the NIO mobile app, and tap the
Rear Trunk button to open the tailgate. It will prompt you that rear trunk has been opened. Tap the highlighted
Rear Trunk button again to close the rear trunk. If it is blocked during the closing process, it will prompt you that the rear trunk has failed to close.
Caution只有车辆处于联网状态下,才能执行该操作。
This operation is only available when the vehicle is connected to the Internet.
Opening and Closing the Tailgate by a Kicking Action
When your hands are occupied or it is inconvenient for you to take out the key, you can open the tailgate by kicking under the rear bumper.
In the middle of the rear bumper, lift a foot up close to the rear bumper and kick the forefoot into the rear bumper at least 10 cm deep, then retract quickly to open the tailgate; or sweep your forefoot sideways from one side to the other at least 10 cm below the rear bumper to open the tailgate.
You must have your Bluetooth mobile key or smart key with you to open the tailgate with a kicking action.
Note When kicking horizontally, move in a single direction instead of moving back and forth. Do not keep your foot under the bumper. Otherwise, the trunk lid will not open. Do not touch the trunk lid before it stops moving.
When kicking horizontally, move in a single direction instead of moving back and forth.
Do not keep your foot under the bumper. Otherwise, the trunk lid will not open.
Do not touch the trunk lid before it stops moving.
This feature may be temporarily disabled in situations that include but are not limited to the following:
Frequent opening and closing
A lingering leg
When the kicking is not within the valid detection range
If the tailgate does not respond, wait a few seconds and try again, or use other methods to open or close the tailgate.
Caution车辆需处于静止状态。脚踢的范围大约为车尾中间。
Ensure that the vehicle is stationary.
Ensure that the range of the kicking motion is roughly in the middle of the rear bumper.
Warning不要在尾门开启时驾驶。 在打开或关闭尾门前,确认无人在尾门旁,否则会有被夹住的危险。
Do not drive the vehicle when the liftgate is open.
To reduce the risk of being pinched, ensure that no one is near the liftgate operating area when opening or closing the liftgate.
Opening and Closing the Tailgate Manually
In the event of an electrical failure, if the tailgate is not opened/closed properly, you need to manually open/close the tailgate in a slow and smooth motion.
Warning避免大力快速开闭电动尾门,否则可能会导致组件损坏。
Avoid opening and closing the liftgate vigorously and quickly, as this may result in component damage.
Anti-pinch Protection of the Tailgate
Your vehicle is equipped with tailgate anti-pinch protection.
If an obstacle restricts the movement of the tailgate during automatic opening or closing, the opening or closing motion will stop and the anti-pinch feature will be activated.
The opening process is interrupted, the tailgate stops and you will hear a long warning tone.
The closing process is interrupted, the tailgate stops, a long warning tone sounds, and the tailgate rises again for a certain distance.
Warning在打开或关闭前,确认无人在尾门旁,以防夹住可能导致人员受伤。
To reduce the risk of being pinched, ensure that no one is near the liftgate operating area before opening or closing the liftgate.
Window Control
There are four buttons to control the four windows on the inside of the driver’s door, which are placed there to make it convenient for the driver to control all the windows.
Driver's window
Front passenger window
Rear right window
Rear left window
There are also corresponding window buttons on the interior armrests of the other three doors, which are placed there to make it convenient for passengers to operate the windows.
Toggle the window button forward to control the opening position of the window; toggle this button forward all the way to the end and quickly release it to fully open the window (one-touch window down).
Toggle the window button backward to control the closing position of the window; toggle this button backward all the way to the end and quickly release it to fully close the window (one-touch window up).
When the vehicle is put in Park and no one is in the driver's seat, you can control the windows using the smart key: when the doors, hood and tailgate are all closed, press and hold the unlock button on the smart key to lower all the windows; then press and hold the lock button to lift all the windows; during the lifting or lowering of the windows, release the unlock or lock button to stop the windows at the current position.
The vehicle’s four windows all have anti-pinch protection. When there is a foreign object blocking the movement of the window, the closing motion will stop and the window will lower down again for a certain distance.
The area subject to anti-pinch protection is shown in the figure below:
When the following situations occur, the anti-pinch protection of the corresponding window will be temporarily disabled, and the one-touch window up feature will be disabled (it will be automatically restored after 10 seconds):
When the window ices up and the closing motion is interrupted.
When the closing motion is interrupted three times in a row within a span of 15 seconds due to anti-pinch protection.
If the automatic window lift and anti-pinch protection feature fails (by restarting after the depletion of the 12V battery, for example), you can re-initialize it as follows:
Toggle the corresponding window button backward to make it rise until the window glass rises to the top.
Release the button and the window glass will drop a little bit. Toggle the button backward again until the window glass rises to the top.
Press the window button to lower it until the window glass is at the bottom.
Sunroof and Sunshade
Sunshade switch
Press and hold the rear part of the sunshade switch to fully open the sunshade; press the rear part of the sunshade switch to open the sunshade to the desired position.
Press and hold the front part of the sunshade switch to fully close the sunshade; press the front part of the sunshade switch to close the sunshade to the desired position.
Sunroof button
Press and hold the rear part of the sunroof button to open the sunroof fully and the sunshade halfway; press the rear part of the sunroof button to open the sunroof to the desired position.
Press and hold the front part of the sunroof button to fully close the sunroof; press the front part of the sunroof button to close the sunroof to the desired position.
Caution天窗未完全关闭,遮阳帘也不能完全关闭。
The sunroof is not fully closed. The sunshade cannot be fully closed.
Despite the anti-pinch feature of the sunroof and sunshade, do not try it randomly to avoid injuries caused by malfunctions due to external factors.
Sunshade
The sunshade controls the sunlight and radiation effectively by changing the light transmittance of the glass sunroof.
The sunshade has three modes: shade, clear, and automatic.
Shade Mode: The glass sunroof has the lowest light transmittance, which can prevent glare and provide certain heat insulation.
Clear Mode: The glass sunroof offers a clear view of the sky and has the maximum light transmission.
Automatic Mode: The glass sunroof will automatically switch between Shade mode and Clear mode based on the light intensity and duration.
You can access the Settings page by tapping the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Doors & Windows to select sunroof mode. You can also switch modes quickly from the rear control display and Quick Settings page, or simply ask Nomi to do it.
CautionIn automatic mode, when the external environment is bright and lasts for a few minutes, the vehicle will automatically switch to shade mode; it will quickly switch back to clear mode once the external environment has been dark for a few minutes.
In automatic mode, when the external environment is bright and lasts for a few minutes, the vehicle will automatically switch to shade mode; it will quickly switch back to clear mode once the external environment has been dark for a few minutes.
The sunshade function has a frequent operation protection mechanism. After several consecutive operations, it will not respond to the dimming requirement and will resume after 20 seconds.
When the glass temperature falls below -15°C or rises above 65°C, the sunshade enters temperature protection mode, and the sunroof is always covered.
The sunshade will automatically switch to shade mode when the vehicle is locked, and the settings will be restored when you use the vehicle again.
Charging Instructions
In order to maintain the vehicle in good condition, please promptly charge the vehicle when the battery level is low.
To avoid accidents, do not charge the vehicle near any flammable gases or liquids and make sure to charge the vehicle in a ventilated area.
During charging, stay a safe distance from the charger to avoid any risks due to high voltage. Do not touch the charging connector’s metal pins or the charge port. Doing so may result in injury.
Minors are prohibited from using the charging equipment or approaching it during charging.
Charging equipment which shows signs of damage, rust, moisture or foreign matter should not be used for charging the vehicle.
Unauthorized modification or disassembly of the charging connector or equipment is prohibited.
Please use charging equipment that complies with local standards when charging the vehicle. Otherwise, it may result in a charging failure or cause damage to the vehicle, the charging equipment, or personal injury.
Do not charge the vehicle in heavy rain or extreme weather conditions. Doing so may result in a charging failure or cause damage to either the vehicle or the charging equipment.
Before charging, please check the charging connector and the vehicle’s charge port for any deformation, burn marks, or erosion. If any abnormality is found, do not charge the vehicle. Otherwise, it may result in damage to the vehicle, the charging device, or personal injury. Please contact NIO if necessary.
Before charging, please check the charging connector and the vehicle’s charge port for any dirt or foreign matter. The connector should be kept clean and failure to do so may result in a charging failure or damage to the vehicle’s charge port.
If the charging equipment malfunctions, please contact the charging equipment manufacturer. Do not attempt to fix it yourself.
After rain, please check if there is water in the charge port before charging the vehicle. Do not charge the vehicle when there is an obvious indicator of water in the charge port. Doing so may result in a charging failure or cause damage to either the vehicle or the charging equipment.
Do not use high pressure washers to clean the charge port while charging. Doing so may result in a charging failure or cause damage to either the vehicle or the charging equipment.
During fast charging, patients who are dependent on cardiac pacemakers should stay away from the vehicle in order to avoid electromagnetic interference between the cardiac pacemaker and the charging equipment. .
If the vehicle has a peculiar smell or emits smoke while charging, stop charging and contact NIO immediately.
Do not remove the charging connector before charging is completed. Doing so may cause an electric arc.
Caution环境温度过高或过低时都将影响充电时间,车辆长时间处于低温下将影响电池容量。
If the environmental temperature is too high or too low, the charging time will be affected. If the vehicle is kept in a low temperature environment for a long period of time, the battery capacity will be affected.
Charging Operations
You can charge the vehicle on both a private charging post and a public charging post.
Charging Process
Put the vehicle in Park, press the charge port cover to open it, or swipe right on the main page of the center display to enter Quick Setting and tap
Charge Port, and the charge port cover will automatically open. The indicator of the charge port will light up white.
Do not forcefully adjust the charge port cover when it is active or open. Doing so may damage the cover.
Check whether the charging connector and charging equipment are in good condition, align the charger to the charge port of the vehicle, then the charger and the charge port will start matching: if the indicator of the charge port flashes and then lights up blue, the charge port is working properly; if the matching fails or times out, the blue light of the charge port will flash blue and then go out, and you will need to connect the charger again.
Turn the charging equipment on and start charging. You can check the current charging status by tapping
My EL7 > Battery on the main page of the center display, or via mobile app. The indicator light of the charge port should be blue during charging to indicate that it is charging.
If you are to manually stop charging midway, tap
My EL7 > Battery on the main page of the center display after the vehicle is fully unlocked to stop charging, and wait for the indicator of the charge port to light up green to unplug the charger.
When the charging is complete, press the unlock button of the charger before unplugging the charger.
CautionIn the process of DC fast charging, you can unlock the vehicle first, and then press and hold the OFF button at the charging port to manually stop charging.
In the process of DC fast charging, you can unlock the vehicle first, and then press and hold the OFF button at the charging port to manually stop charging.
When inserting and removing the charger, please face the charging socket. If the charger is stuck, try to lift it slightly. Do not forcibly shake the charger while inserting or removing it to prevent the charger or charging socket from being damaged.
If the indicator of the charge port flashes red during charging, switch to another charge post and try again. If the indicator light is still flashing red, stop charging immediately and contact the NIO Service Center.
After unplugging and putting away the charger, press down on the charge port cover, press the charge port close button, or tap
Charge Port on the center display, and the charge port cover will be automatically closed.
When charging the vehicle using NIO Power Home, the charge port cover will automatically open when you take off the charging connector from the charger and will automatically close when you remove the connector from the vehicle. If the charge port cover catches the charging connector while closing automatically, press and hold the Close button for five seconds, after which it will open automatically.
Unable to Unplug the Charger after Charging
If you are unable to unplug the charger after the vehicle is fully unlocked, try unplugging charger according to the steps below:
Re-plug in the charger to ensure that the unlock button of the charger pops up, and re-lock and unlock the whole vehicle, then press and hold the unlock button of the charger for 1 to 2 seconds, wait until the indicator of the charge port lights up green and then unplug the charger.
Open the hood, pull the emergency unlocking cable of the electronic lock of the charge port, and then try to unplug the charger.
If you still cannot unplug the charger, stop charging immediately and contact the NIO Service Center.
Battery Level and Charging Display
The state of the high voltage battery and battery-related warning messages are displayed on the digital instrument cluster.
Current power
Indicates the current power of the high voltage battery or power gained through regenerative braking.
Energy bars
The blue energy bar indicates the power of the high voltage battery. The green energy bar indicates the power gained through regenerative braking.
Remaining range
Indicates the estimated driving range available.
When the remaining driving range is less than 60 km, the icon will turn yellow; when the remaining driving range is less than 10 km, the icon will turn red.
You can press the menu button on the right side of the steering wheel and select "Vehicle Info" to check the current and voltage of the high voltage battery.
The battery-related indicators on the digital instrument cluster are:
Indicator
Note
Low battery level
Indicates that the high voltage battery level is low. Please promptly charge the battery or contact NIO when necessary.
High voltage battery cutoff
Indicates that the vehicle’s high voltage power is off. Please contact NIO when necessary.
12V battery charging fault
Please contact NIO immediately when this indicator lights up.
High voltage battery fault
Please stop the vehicle and contact NIO immediately when this indicator lights up.
High voltage battery overheat
Please stop the vehicle and contact NIO immediately when this indicator lights up.
Icy/Snowy road
Indicates that the current ambient temperature is too low and may affect high voltage battery performance.
Charging cable connected
Indicates that a charging cable is connected.
Battery Preconditioning
The charging speed of high voltage batteries slows down in cold conditions such as winter. When the Battery Preconditioning function is enabled, the high voltage battery can be warmed up to a certain extent in advance before the vehicle reaches the energy replenishment point (charging post ) to improve the charging speed of the vehicle.
Low-temperature Charging Preconditioning
The Low-temperature Charging Preconditioning function is enabled by default. You can go to the Settings page from the far left side of the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and select to enter the
Battery interface to disable the function. After this function is enabled, when the destination or waypoint in the navigation state is the charging station , the vehicle will automatically start the high voltage battery preconditioning on the premise that it can ensure arrival at the destination, so as to improve the charging efficiency. Low-temperature charging preconditioning only advances the battery warming step and does not waste additional charging energy.
In the navigation state, the low-temperature charging preconditioning function will be automatically activated under the following conditions. The current preconditioning status will be displayed on the status bar at the top of the center display:
The navigation destination or waypoint is a Charging Station , or a service area with a Charging Station .
The driver is seated.
The current driving range is more than 120 km.
The vehicle is not in ECO+ mode.
You can manually disable the low-temperature charging preconditioning function by selecting "Disable This Time" (enabled by default next time) or "Keep Disabled".
This function will automatically deactivate the preconditioning process (the switch remains on) in one of the following conditions:
Connect a charger.
Turn off the navigation or stop navigating to the Charging Station .
The current driving range does not support a preconditioning to the destination with 20 km remaining.
The vehicle enters ECO+ mode.
Manual Charging Preconditioning
The Manual Charging Preconditioning function is disabled by default. If you are familiar with the charging route and do not need to follow the navigation guide to the charging point, it is recommended to enter the
Battery interface on the center display in a low temperature environment and enable the manual charging preconditioning function. The vehicle will enable the high voltage battery preconditioning to improve charging efficiency.
You can enable or disable the manual charging preconditioning function on the center display . The status bar at the top of the center display displays the current preconditioning status.
This function will automatically deactivate the preconditioning process (the switch is off now) in one of the following conditions:
Connect a charger.
The low-temperature charging preconditioning function is enabled.
The battery has been warmed up to the set temperature and maintained for 1 hour.
The vehicle enters ECO+ mode.
Caution低温充电预热功能激活后,手动充电预热功能不可用。
Enabling Battery Warmup may consume some power. Please plan your travel properly or turn it off as needed.
When Low-Temperature Battery Warmup is activated, manual preconditioning will not be available.
Manual Battery Warmup cannot determine the remaining range with preconditioning turned on. Please make sure that the power is enough for the trip to the destination before turning on this feature.
Smart Charging
Smart charging can reduce cost in home charging for those users, who have a dynamic or day/night energy tariff at their home by automatically charging vehicle at cheaper times.
Two types of Smart charging as follows:
NIO smart charging: works with every energy provider.
Tibber smart charging: works only with Tibber, user needs to subscribe to their energy contract.
As NIO smart charging and Tibber smart charging might influence each other, users should have activated only one smart charging solution per location.
NIO Smart Charging
Feature can be activated in vehicle settings and will be remembered in this location.
How does it work:
User plugs in vehicle at an AC charger, preferred at home.
User activates feature via vehicle settings (
Vehicle Settings > Battery) .
User selects charging strategy:
Dynamic price optimization chooses the cheapest hours to charge the required energy amount until the end time set by the user.
Preferred charging times delays charging to the user configured time.
User sets time when charging should be done on a daily basis (example 7:30 am). NIO will create charging plan based on the settings and user information. The vehicle will start and stop automatically according to the plan.
Dynamic price optimization will start and stop charging to catch the cheapest hours until the end time that was set by the user.
Preferred charging times delays charging to the user configured time.
If the charging light turns orange, it means that the smart charging reservation is successful and the car is ready for charging. If the light turns white, it means the charging is completed.
Vehicle charging will be done the next day at the time that user set.
All the smart charging settings will be saved specifically in each Smart Charging location. If the users reenters the locations, all the settings will be automatically recovered.
Smart charging function supports the creation of up to 10 locations. Unwanted locations can be removed on the navigation page - Favorites Management page. This function only activates for AC charging.
Tibber Smart Charging
User needs to subscribe to the Tibber electricity contract and have a smart meter at home. Activation is possible with every AC charging station/ home charging cable.
How does it work:
User subscribes to Tibber.
User is onboarded by Tibber, opens the App.
User activates the Power-Up "Nio" in the Tibber App.
User logs in once with the NIO credentials.
User sets the departure times per weekday day in Tibber App.
Vehicle charging at the Tibber Home location will be controlled by Tibber from now on.
User can always control the charging in the Tibber App. To stop Tibber from controlling your vehicle altogether - go to the Power-ups section in the Tibber app and disconnect the Nio Power-up. Or contact the Tibber support.
Specifically for problems (App doesn't work, charging doesn't work, etc...) or general questions (how do I sign up, when will my account be active, etc...), please direct them to the local Tibber.com, which redirects to the local website.
High and Low Beams
You can adjust the state of the high and low beams through the light control lever on the left side of the steering wheel.
Push the light control lever forward to turn on the auto high beams (AHB); push it forward again to turn on the high beam headlights.
Pull the light control lever backward to turn off the high beam headlights; push the lever back and forth to control the flashing of the headlights.
Note只有在打开自动大灯或大灯开启时才能使用。
Auto High Beams are only available when the headlights are set to the Auto mode or the feature is turned on.
Turn Lights
Turn left: move the light control lever down
Turn right: move the light control lever up
The turn signal lights go off when the steering wheel returns, or when you move the lever back to the middle.
When the turn lights light up, the corresponding indicator light on the digital instrument cluster will light up as well, accompanied by a “tick-tock” sound.
Fog Lights
You can turn on the front and rear fog lights by pressing the button on the top of the light control lever. When the fog lights light up, the position lights will be automatically turned on as well.
The sequence by which the lights turn on is:
Press the first time: turn on front fog lights.
Press the second time: turn on rear fog lights.
Press the third time: turn off rear fog lights.
Press the fourth time: turn off front fog lights.
If pressed again, the above sequence will be repeated.
When the fog lights light up, the corresponding indicator light on the digital instrument cluster will light up as well, indicating the status of the feature being turned on.
Welcome Lighting
When you or an authorized user carries an authenticated smart key fob or a mobile phone with the BLE Unlock & Start feature enabled and approaches the vehicle at a maximum distance of 7-10 meters, the low beams and position lights will automatically turn on to welcome you. At this time, the vehicle will match your account information and automatically retrieve your custom settings to make corresponding adjustments in advance before you unlock and open the door, such as seat settings, climate settings, media settings, and interior light settings.
Exterior Door Handle Courtesy Lights
Each exterior door handle is equipped with a light. When the vehicle is unlocked, the door handles automatically extend and the lights turn on to illuminate the surrounding environment.
Interior Reading Lights
Auto Control of Reading Lights
When you unlock the whole vehicle or open any door (including the tailgate), the interior reading lights will automatically light up to illuminate the inside of the vehicle. The reading lights will automatically turn off in one of the following situations, by then you can manually turn the reading lights on by touching the reading light touch switch on the roof:
When the vehicle is not locked from the outside and you turn on a front reading light by touching the switch on the headliner, the reading light can only be turned off manually.
Enter the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Lighting > Auto Reading Lights to control the automatic turning on of the reading lights.
Manual Control of Reading Lights
You can turn the interior reading lights on manually to provide lasting illumination for the passenger compartment for you to tidy up, and read maps or documents. There are touch switches to control the reading lights on the roof. By touching the reading light switch, you can control the turning on/off of each reading light separately. There is also a master switch for controlling all the reading lights on the center display. You can enter the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Lighting > Reading Lights to turn all interior reading lights on/off at the same time with this master switch.
When you lock the vehicle from the outside (using the smart key or mobile app feature), all interior reading lights will be turned off at the same time.
If a front reading light is turned on via the touch switch on the headliner, the reading light cannot be controlled by the master switch and will need to be turned off manually; if the front reading lights are off, you can control both front and rear reading lights using the master switch.
Puddle Lights
There is a puddle light under each of the four vehicle doors, providing convenience for entry and exit at night; there are also two puddle lights on the tailgate to help you see the ground conditions clearly (such as mud pits, water puddles, etc.) when putting things away.
By opening the door or tailgate, the corresponding puddle light will be turned on. The puddle light will go out 10 minutes after the door is opened, or when the door is closed.
Smart Ambient Lighting
The vehicle is equipped with adjustable smart ambient lighting on the door panels, storage, and floor. You can choose your favorite ambient lighting effect to create a pleasant driving experience.
After you are seated, you can turn on the ambient lighting feature on the center display. The vehicle will be set at the default ambient lighting effect in the current drive mode. You can swipe right on the main page of the center display to enter the Quick Settings page, then tap
Ambient Lighting to select the color and brightness for the ambient lighting of different positions (door panels, storage, and floor). This setting will be saved in your personal settings. You can also set different ambient lighting modes, such as Breathing, , etc. This setting will be saved on the center display.
Illuminated Door Sill Inlays
The illuminated door sill inlays will be automatically turned on upon opening a door, offering a practical lighting and also an elegant touch to you and your fellow passengers when entering and exiting the vehicle.
Vanity Mirror Lighting
There are two sun visors on the roof of the vehicle, where a vanity mirror is provided, which can provide lighting when it is opened.
Follow Me Home
The vehicle is equipped with the Follow Me Home feature. When you lock your vehicle and are ready to leave it at night, the low beams and position lights will turn on to illuminate the road ahead for you. Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap
Lights > Courtesy Headlights to set how long the Follow Me Home Lighting stays on after vehicle locking.
Minimal Lighting
When the vehicle is parked, use the control bar at the bottom of the center display to navigate to the Settings pages, and then select
Lighting > Minimal Lighting to enable the function. All ambient lighting, reading lights, and headlights will be turned off to achieve "one-click minimal lighting".
If minimal lighting is manually turned off, the prior lighting configuration will be reinstated.
If you manually adjust the exterior lights, ambient lighting or reading lights when minimal lighting is active, the minimal lighting will be automatically disabled.
Search Lighting
To enable the function, navigate to the Settings page via the control bar at the bottom of the center display and select
Lighting > Search Lighting. To assist you in finding objects in the vehicle, all ambient lighting and reading lights will be turned on to maximum brightness.
If search lighting is manually turned off, the prior lighting configuration will be reinstated.
If you manually adjust the exterior lights, ambient lighting or reading lights when search lighting is active, the search lighting will be automatically disabled .
Night Lighting
To enable the function, navigate to the Settings page via the control bar at the bottom of the center display and select
Lighting > Night Lighting. To provide a comfortable sleeping environment, the ambient lighting on the floor inside the vehicle will be slightly lit in warm yellow, and the ambient lighting and reading lights on the doors and storage will be turned off.
If night lighting is manually turned off, the prior lighting configuration will be reinstated.
If you manually adjust the exterior lights, ambient lighting or reading lights when night lighting is active, the night lighting will be automatically disabled.
Trunk Lighting
When you open the tailgate, the trunk lighting will automatically light up.
The trunk lighting will automatically be turned off when closing the tailgate or after 10 minutes.
Linking Key Fob to Account
When the vehicle is activated and verified for the first time, the owner’s account will be linked to the key fob by default. When the vehicle is unlocked with one of the key fobs, the vehicle will log into the owner’s account automatically.
Owner can also link an authorized user account to a smart key fob by managing the key fob in the NIO app. When an authorized user unlocks the vehicle using a key fob, the vehicle will log into the linked user’s account automatically. You can view and delete accounts linked to the key fobs on the NIO app. After linking or unlinking a account successfully, the vehicle owner and the account owner will receive a message and an app notification.
Note智能钥匙与账户绑定
Only the vehicle’s owner can manage key fobs linked to the owner’s account. Other users must be authorized by the vehicle owner before linking the corresponding account to the key fob.
If the vehicle’s owner terminates the authorization, the user account will be unlinked from the smart key fob automatically.
Guest Mode only applies to the smart key fobs linked with the owner’s account. If you unlock the vehicle using a key fob linked with an authorized user account, the vehicle will automatically load the information of the authorized user.
Switching Accounts
You or an authorized user can switch between user accounts on the center display to load the corresponding settings (for example, seat, steering wheel,
HUD settings, etc.).
You, a co-user or an authorized user can switch between user accounts on the center display and load the corresponding settings in either of the following two ways:
When the vehicle is connected to the network, or there is currently no network available but you have logged in in the past, tap the profile photo on the center display or
Account > Switch Accounts in Settings to view a list of all the valid accounts (including the owner's account, co-user accounts, and authorized user accounts). Tap the corresponding profile photo or user name to switch to the account, and log in with this account after verification (by scanning the QR code with the NIO app or entering the verification code received on your phone). You can also enable Passwordless Login in
Accounts > Face ID and Password for easy login and account switch.
To switch accounts automatically through face recognition, tap your profile photo on the center display or
Settings > Account > Face ID and Password, and enter face recognition data to enable this feature. After you unlock the vehicle and enter the driver's seat, look straight ahead, and the vehicle will automatically recognize the corresponding account information and load the corresponding custom settings. If the recognized user's face doesn't match the current account, but matches another valid account (for example, this may happen if you've lent the key fob to a family member), the vehicle will automatically switch the account to match the current user.
Caution只有在非驾驶状态可以进行切换账户的操作
You can only switch accounts when the vehicle is not being driven.
In Guest Mode, the vehicle will not save any customized settings (such as the driver’s seat position).
Authorized Unlocking
If you want to lend your vehicle to others, you can authorize users registered on the NIO app. An authorized user can access authorized features by using their NFC key or verified NIO app.
Owner Authorization
Go to the Settings page of the NIO app or tap
Account > Account Settings in the upper left corner of the center display, and then enter the gesture password of your vehicle to go to the authorization management page.
You can authorize a user and set authorization by entering his/her NIO app user name. Up to nine users can be authorized. After setting the user’s authorization, tap the profile photo or user name to view the user’s information and authorization details (e.g. media, video, safe box). If the current authorization is active, you can also edit the scope of authorized access or disable the user’s authorization. An authorized user can only access authorized features, and cannot manage authorization or set Guest Mode.
If you unlock the vehicle using your smart key fob, the vehicle will automatically log into the owner’s account.
For safety reasons, if you cancel authorization when an authorized user is driving the vehicle, it won’t take effect until the authorized user stops and locks the vehicle.
If the authorized user has a NIO account, the authorization will take effect immediately after it is completed. If the authorized user doesn’t have a NIO account, the authorization will become effective only after the user registers a NIO account.
Unlocking by An Authorized User
An authorized user can unlock the vehicle using their NFC key or remote control on the NIO app. To view the account and access of an authorized user, tap his/her profile photo on the center display.
NFC unlocking: Open the NFC app on your phone and place it close to the B pillar on the driver’s side.
NIO app remote unlocking: Choose
My Vehicle > Doors on the NIO app.
Guest Mode
If you want to lend the vehicle to others by giving them a smart key fob, tap your profile photo on the center display and choose Guest Mode to protect your privacy (e.g. navigation history, contacts, videos, photos). Only default features such as climate control, weather and navigation (with no access to History or Favorites) are available to guests.
With the Guest Mode on, the vehicle will show the features exclusive to the Guest Mode after the vehicle user unlocks and enters the vehicle by using the smart key. To exit the Guest Mode, enter the gesture password of the vehicle.
You can only set Guest Mode when the vehicle is not being driven.
If a smart key fob is linked to the owner’s account and your vehicle is not in Guest Mode, the vehicle will automatically log into the owner’s account when a user unlocks the vehicle using a smart key fob.
Service Authorization
You or an authorized user can send a service request to NIO on the NIO app. NIO manages and authorizes service specialists to temporarily access the vehicle and conduct the requested service (e.g. One Click for Power). NIO retrieves the authorization after the service is completed.
After obtaining authorization, service specialists can unlock the vehicle using an NFC key within a specified time frame and use authorized features. The center display shows the account information of the authorized service specialist and the authorized features available to them. Authorized service specialists cannot manage authorization, set Guest Mode, link the vehicle to a key fob, or switch accounts.
After the service is completed, all doors and the liftgate should be locked. If a door or the liftgate is not locked, you will be notified on the NIO app.
Driver Seat Memory
You can enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap
Position Adjustment >Driver Seat > Position Memory to customize your settings. The driver's seat, steering wheel, side mirrors, and
HUD height will automatically adjust to your or the authorized user's preferred settings saved to the corresponding account. After adjusting the seat position and backrest, go to Driver Seat Memory and choose
Drive, Alternate or Relax to customize and save the settings to the corresponding user account.
After unlocking the vehicle and sitting in the driver's seat (with the driver's door closed), retrieve the latest driver's seat settings by swiping right on the home page to visit Quick Access, or going to Driver Seat Memory and selecting Drive, Alternate, Relax or Other.
If you or an authorized user manually adjusts the settings (e.g. driver's seat position) while using the vehicle, press and hold the corresponding seat icon on the center display to update the settings, which will overwrite the existing settings to the corresponding account.
Warning车辆行驶中禁止调节座椅位置,防止发生意外事故。
Do not adjust the seat’s position while driving. Doing so may result in an accident.
Caution进行主驾驶座椅记忆初始化设置前,请确保车辆周围环境安全并处于 P 挡,且座椅和方向盘附近无异物,后排无乘客,请将座椅高度降低,头枕降至最低以防触碰顶棚。
Before initializing the driver’s seat memory, ensure that the vehicle is in PARK in a safe environment, the seat and steering wheel are clear of obstacles, and the rear seats are unoccupied. Please also lower the seat height, and adjust the headrest to the lowest position to avoid damaging the headliner.
While driving, do not operate any buttons on the memory interface on the center display to adjust the driver’s seat, steering wheel or side mirrors and be mindful of your safety.
Steering Wheel Memory
You can enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap
Position Adjustment > Driver Seat > Position Memory to customize your settings. After adjusting the steering wheel, go to Driver Seat Memory and choose
Drive, Alternate or Relax to customize and save the settings to the corresponding user account.
After sitting in the driver’s seat (with the driver’s door closed), go to Driver Seat Memory and choose Drive, Alternate, Relax or Other, after which the steering wheel will automatically adjust to the latest settings saved in the corresponding account.
If you or an authorized user manually adjusts the settings (e.g. steering wheel position) while using the vehicle, press and hold the corresponding position icon on the center display to update the settings, which will overwrite the existing settings saved to the corresponding account.
Warning方向盘位置调节不当或坐姿不当会带来人身伤害,建议方向盘与胸部之间距离不小于25厘米。
Do not adjust the steering wheel position while driving. Doing so may result in an accident.
An improper steering wheel position or seating position may result in injury. Make sure your chest is at least 25 centimeters from the steering wheel.
Caution进行主驾驶座椅记忆初始化设置前,请确保车辆周围环境安全并处于 P 挡,且座椅和方向盘附近无异物,后排无乘客,请将座椅高度降低,头枕降至最低以防触碰顶棚。
Before initializing the driver’s seat memory, ensure that the vehicle is in PARK in a safe environment, the seat and steering wheel are clear of obstacles, and the rear seats are unoccupied. Please also lower the seat height, and adjust the headrest to the lowest position to avoid damaging the headliner.
While driving, do not operate any buttons on the memory interface on the center display to adjust the driver’s seat, steering wheel or side mirrors and be mindful of your safety.
Side Mirror Memory
You can enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap
Position Adjustment > Driver Seat > Position Memory to customize your settings. After adjusting the driver’s side or passenger side mirror, go to Driver Seat Memory and choose
Drive, Alternate or Relax to customize and save the settings to the corresponding user account.
After sitting in the driver’s seat (with the driver’s door closed), go to Driver Seat Memory and choose Drive, Alternate, Relax or Other, after which the side mirrors will automatically adjust to the most recent settings saved in the corresponding account.
If you or an authorized user manually adjusts the settings (e.g. side mirror position) when using the vehicle, press and hold the corresponding position icon on the center display to update the settings, which will overwrite the existing settings saved to the corresponding account.
Warning车辆行驶中禁止调节外后视镜,防止发生意外事故
Do not adjust the side mirrors while driving. Doing so may result in an accident.
Caution进行主驾驶座椅记忆初始化设置前,请确保车辆周围环境安全并处于 P 挡,且座椅和方向盘附近无异物,后排无乘客,请将座椅高度降低,头枕降至最低以防触碰顶棚。
Before initializing the driver’s seat memory, ensure that the vehicle is in PARK in a safe environment, the seat and steering wheel are clear of obstacles, and the rear seats are unoccupied. Please also lower the seat height, and adjust the headrest to the lowest position to avoid damaging the headliner.
While driving, do not operate any buttons on the memory interface on the center display to adjust the driver’s seat, steering wheel or side mirrors and be mindful of your safety.
When the vehicle is in REVERSE, the side mirrors will automatically tilt down to provide a better view during reverse parking. You can go to Settings from the leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driving > Auto-Tilt In Reverse to enable this feature. When the side mirrors tilt down, you can adjust their positions. The new positions will be automatically saved to the corresponding account (this means that you don’t have to manually save the settings on the center display). The side mirrors will automatically tilt down to the saved positions the next time the vehicle is in REVERSE. The side mirrors will revert back to Drive Position when the vehicle is not in REVERSE.
When the side mirrors are automatically tilting to a saved position, if you adjust a side mirror manually, the side mirrors will stop tilting and save the new position to the corresponding account.
Passenger Seat Memory
To set the front passenger seat memory, shift into PARK, Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap
Position Adjustment > Front Passenger Seat > Position Memory to customize your settings (default position cannot be customized). After adjusting the seat position, go to Passenger Seat Memory and choose
Frequent, Alternate, or Relax to customize and save the settings to the corresponding user account.
To retrieve the latest passenger seat settings after sitting in the front passenger seat, press the corresponding seat icon on the center display.
If you or an authorized user manually adjusts the front passenger seat while using the vehicle, press and hold the corresponding seat icon on the center display to update the settings, which will overwrite the existing settings to the corresponding account.
Caution进行副驾驶座椅记忆初始化设置前,请确保车辆周围环境安全并处于 P 挡,且座椅附近无异物,后排无乘客,请将座椅高度降低,头枕降至最低以防触碰顶棚。
Before initializing the driver’s seat memory, ensure that the vehicle is in PARK in a safe environment, the seat is clear of obstacles, the footrest is stowed, and the rear seat is unoccupied. Please also lower the seat height, and adjust the headrest to the lowest position to avoid damaging the headliner.
Driver’s Seat Adjustment
To adjust the seat position via a button
The position of the driver’s seat can be adjusted 14 ways electrically. The lumbar support can be adjusted 4 ways electrically and the headrest can be adjusted 4 ways.
Length of seat cushion
Toggle the button back and forth to adjust the length of the seat cushion.
Inclination angle of seat cushion
Turn this button to adjust the inclination angle of seat cushion.
Lateral position of the seat
Toggle this button back and forth to move the seat forward or backward.
Height of seat
Toggle the middle part of this button up or down to move the seat upward or downward.
Reclining of the backrest
Toggle the upper end of this button back and forth to adjust the reclining of the seat backrest.
Lumbar support adjustment
Press and hold the corresponding position button to adjust the lumbar support.
Before seat adjustment (forward and backward, height, backrest, etc.), make sure that there is sufficient safe space for the seat and children, occupants, and pets in the rear row to avoid squeezing or smacking into children, occupants, and pets in the rear row.
Adjust the driver's seat position and headrest when the vehicle is in PARK. Seat position and other adjustments while driving may cause safety risks.
During seat adjustment (forward and backward, height, backrest, etc.), avoid putting your hands or other parts of the body on the seat movement path to prevent pinching and colliding.
Ensure that the seat is locked after position adjustment.
Children should not adjust the seat for there is a risk of being caught.
When Easy Entry is turned on, make sure that there is enough safe space for children, occupants, and pets in the front and rear rows to prevent the seat from squeezing or smacking into them when moving.
Do not start the vehicle until the Easy Entry feature is finished safely. Any operation before that may cause the vehicle to lose control and cause accidents.
It is recommended to turn off Easy Entry if there are often children passengers in the rear row.
Controlling the movement of the driver's seat on the center display
You can control the movement of the driver's seat on the center display.
On the driver's seat control interface, tap the "Position", "Backrest" and "Cushion" control arrows to adjust the position of the driver's seat, the reclining of the backrest and the position of the seat cushion respectively.
The center display provides five position options: driving position, rest position, walk-away position, and two spare positions. You can set them up as needed.
How to set up a memory position:
Enter the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap
Position Adjustment > Driver’s Seat to set up the position of the driver's seat on this page. The first time you set it up, after adjusting the seat position through the seat buttons or on the center display, you can set up personalized positions in different scenes by tapping the
Driving Position/Rest Position/Walk-away Position/Spare Position button on the page, and the setting will be automatically saved under the corresponding user account. When you need to update a position, adjust the seat first, and then press and hold the button corresponding to the position to re-memorize it.
Correct Driving Position
To minimize potential risks and protect your safety, please adjust the seat as follows:
Move the seat back and forth into a position where you can easily floor the accelerator and brake pedals.
Adjust the seat backrest to a suitable straight-back sitting posture where your back completely fits the backrest, and the backrest does not recline too much.
Adjust the height of the seat to an appropriate position where you can comfortably put both hands on the steering wheel.
Adjust the steering wheel so that there is at least 25cm of distance between your chest and the steering wheel.
Adjust the headrest so that the center of the headrest is flush with your eyes.
Lay the middle part of the seat belt between the neck and shoulder. Fit the lap section of the seat belt tightly across your hip joints, not across your belly.
WarningDo not use seat cover of any kind or modify the seat surface by yourself. Seat covers or modified seat surfaces may cover up the airbags in the seat, thus minimizing protection for the driver and passengers, with a higher risk of injury.
Do not use seat cover of any kind or modify the seat surface by yourself. Seat covers or modified seat surfaces may cover up the airbags in the seat, thus minimizing protection for the driver and passengers, with a higher risk of injury.
Do not place any objects under the seat. There may be safety risks during seat adjustment, collision, or sudden acceleration/deceleration.
Do not hang other objects (such as clothes hangers) on the seat or headrest. In case of collision, sudden acceleration or deceleration, such objects may add to the risk of injury.
One seat can only be occupied by one passenger while driving. Infants or children should not share a seat and seat belt with an adult or sit on the lap of an adult. In case of collision, sudden acceleration or deceleration, such postures may pose a safety risk and cause injury to occupants, infants, and children.
Headrests for front and rear seats should not be switched, otherwise, the headrests may not be adjusted to the correct height and position. This will increase the risk of head and neck injuries in case of accidents or emergency braking.
An excessive backrest angle may result in serious injury in case of collision. Refer to the correct seat position recommended.
Individuals with limited pain perception due to illness, ages, or other conditions should use the temperature control system and seat heating carefully to avoid potential low-temperature burns due to prolonged use.
Front Passenger Seat Adjustment
To adjust the seat position via a button
The front passenger seat has 14 electrically adjustable positions, including four for lumbar support and four for headrest.
Footrest Control
To control the footrest's opening degree, toggle this button up and down.
Leg Support Control
To move the leg support upward or downward, toggle this button up or down.
Lateral position of the seat
Toggle this button back and forth to move the seat forward or backward.
Height of seat
To move the seat cushion upward or downward, toggle this button up or down.
Backrest adjustment
Toggle the upper end of this button back and forth to adjust the reclining of the seat backrest.
Lumbar support adjustment
Press and hold the corresponding position button to adjust the lumbar support.
Before seat adjustment (forward and backward, height, backrest, etc.), make sure that there is sufficient safe space for the seat and children, occupants, and pets in the rear row to avoid squeezing or smacking into children, occupants, and pets in the rear row.
Adjust the passenger seat position and headrest when the vehicle is in PARK. Seat position and other adjustments while driving may cause safety risks.
During seat adjustment (forward and backward, height, backrest, etc.), avoid putting your hands or other parts of the body on the seat movement path to prevent pinching and colliding.
Ensure that the seat is locked after position adjustment.
Children should not adjust the seat for there is a risk of being caught.
When Easy Entry is turned on, make sure that there is enough safe space for children, occupants, and pets in the front and rear rows to prevent the seat from squeezing or smacking into them when moving.
Do not start the vehicle until the Easy Entry feature is finished safely. Any operation before that may cause the vehicle to lose control and cause accidents.
It is recommended to turn off Easy Entry if there are often children passengers in the rear row.
Controlling the movement of the driver's seat on the center display
You can control the movement of the front passenger seat on the center display.
On the front passenger seat control interface of the center display, tap the "Position", "Backrest" and "Footrest" control arrows to adjust the position of the front passenger seat, the reclining of the backrest and the position of the seat cushion respectively.
The center display provides four position options: the default position, regular position, rest position and spare position. Among which the default position cannot be changed, but you can set the regular position, rest position and spare position as needed.
How to set up a memory position:
Enter the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap
Position Adjustment > Front Passenger Seat to set up the position of the front passenger seat on this page. The first time you set it up, after adjusting the seat position through the seat buttons or on the center display, you can set up personalized positions in different scenes by tapping the
Regular Position/Rest Position/Spare Position button on the page, and the setting will be automatically saved under the corresponding user account. When you need to update a set position, adjust the seat first, and then press and hold the button corresponding to the position to re-memorize it.
Swipe right from the left on the main page of the center display to enter the Quick Settings page, and tap
Front Passenger Seat Adjustment to directly enter the Front Passenger Seat Adjustment interface. The adjustment method is as described above.
Controlling the seat movement on the rear control display
Rear passengers can control the front passenger seat’s movement on the rear control display.
To access the Quick Settings page on the back control display, swipe down from the top and select "Rear Premium" or "Front Passenger Seat Recovery."
Rear Premium: Move the front passenger seat to the Rear Premium position.
Front Passenger Seat Recovery: The front passenger seat returns to the default position.
Correct passenger position
To minimize potential risks and protect your safety, please adjust the seat as follows:
Move the seat back and forth into a position where you can place both feet in the footwell in front of the seat.
Adjust the seat backrest to a suitable straight-back sitting posture where your back completely fits the backrest, and the backrest does not recline too much.
Adjust the headrest so that the center of the headrest is flush with your eyes.
Lay the middle part of the seat belt between the neck and shoulder. Fit the lap section of the seat belt tightly across your hip joints, not across your belly.
WarningDo not use seat cover of any kind or modify the seat surface by yourself. Seat covers or modified seat surfaces may cover up the airbags in the seat, thus minimizing protection for the driver and passengers, with a higher risk of injury.
Do not use seat cover of any kind or modify the seat surface by yourself. Seat covers or modified seat surfaces may cover up the airbags in the seat, thus minimizing protection for the driver and passengers, with a higher risk of injury.
Do not place any objects under the seat. There may be safety risks during seat adjustment, collision, or sudden acceleration/deceleration.
Do not hang other objects (such as clothes hangers) on the seat or headrest. In case of collision, sudden acceleration or deceleration, such objects may add to the risk of injury.
One seat can only be occupied by one passenger while driving. Infants or children should not share a seat and seat belt with an adult or sit on the lap of an adult. In case of collision, sudden acceleration or deceleration, such postures may pose a safety risk and cause injury to occupants, infants, and children.
Headrests for front and rear seats should not be switched, otherwise, the headrests may not be adjusted to the correct height and position. This will increase the risk of head and neck injuries in case of accidents or emergency braking.
An excessive backrest angle may result in serious injury in case of collision. Refer to the correct seat position recommended.
Individuals with limited pain perception due to illness, ages, or other conditions should use the temperature control system and seat heating carefully to avoid potential low-temperature burns due to prolonged use.
WarningThe front passenger shall not:
The front passenger shall not:
Rear Seat Adjustment
Backrest adjustment
Toggle the upper end of this button back and forth to adjust the reclining of the seat backrest.
Lumbar support adjustment
Press and hold the corresponding position button to adjust the lumbar support.
Recommended sitting posture and seat position for the rear passengers
To minimize potential risk and ensure your safety, please adjust the seats as follows before driving:
Maintain the backrest in an upright position.
Adjust the headrest so that the center of the headrest is flush with your eyes.
Adjust the seat backrest to a suitable straight-back sitting posture where your back completely fits the backrest, and the backrest does not recline too much.
Place your feet in the footstep space in front of the rear seats.
Place the middle part of the seat belt between your neck and shoulder, and fit the lap section of the seat belt tightly across your hip joints, not across your belly.
When driving with children in your vehicle, use appropriate child safety seats to protect children. See the chapter on child safety seats for details.
Reclining the Backrest of the Rear Seat
Pull the mechanical handle of the seat backrest to unlock the backrest and then push the backrest forward to recline the seat backrest.
When folding down the backrest of a rear seat, ensure that no objects are on the seat and its seat belt is not fastened. Failure to do so may result in damage to the third row seats.
Ensure that the seat is locked before you start the vehicle (forward and backward, height, backrest, etc.). Otherwise, it may pose a potential risk of personal injury. (For example, if the rear seats are not fully locked after their backrests have been unfolded, it may increase the risk of personal injury in case of accidents or sudden acceleration or deceleration.)
Do not sit on folded seats (for example, rear seats that are folded down) when the vehicle is moving. Otherwise, it may pose a risk of personal injury or death in case of collision and sudden acceleration or deceleration.
When adjusting a rear seat backrest, ensure that the seat belt is not twisted or stuck in the backrest. Otherwise, the seat belt may be damaged and therefore pose a safety risk.
Rear Premium
Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, tap
Position Adjustment > Front Passenger Seat > Rear Premium, and the front passenger seat will move to the most forward position.
Swipe down from the top of the rear display to enter the Quick Settings page. Tap
Rear Premium and the front passenger seat will also move to the most forward position; tap
Reset Front Passenger Seat, and the front passenger seat will be restored to the default position.
Seat Headrest Adjustment
Front Headrest Adjustment
The front headrest is freely adjustable, but moving it backwards, upwards, or downwards requires pressing the lock button.
Rear Headrest Adjustment
Press the button to move the headrest upwards or downwards.
When the seat headrest is in the lowest non-use position, it needs to be raised and locked before use.
Rear Middle Headrest Adjustment
Press the lock button to adjust the rear middle headrest.
When the rear middle headrest is in the lowest non-use position, it needs to be rotated, raised and locked before use.
WarningTo provide the best protection, make sure the headrest is set to an appropriate height according to the occupant's height.
To provide the best protection, make sure the headrest is set to an appropriate height according to the occupant's height.
Do not use the headrest when it is at its lowest position. To use it, pull the headrest upwards and ensure it is locked into place.
Adjust the seat headrest, and make sure that the headrest center and the occupant's eyes are on the same level.
When the headrest is removed, do not drive the vehicle. In case of collision, sudden acceleration or deceleration, seats without headrests may not provide sufficient protection to the head, leading to serious consequences.
Seat Massage
Lumbar massage is available for front seats and is set to off by default. Enter the Comfort page from the bottom of the center display, and tap
Seats > Massage to select the desired massage mode (Mode 1, Mode 2, Mode 3, Mode 4, and Mode 5) and massage level (Level 1 and Level 2) for the corresponding seat.
Mode 1: Catwalk
Mode 2: Rolling
Mode 3: Dynamic
Mode 4: Waist
Mode 5: Upper Back
Level 1: Low
Level 2: High
Note若功能进行中乘客离开座位超过 30 秒,功能关闭,此时中控屏会保存当前功能的挡位
With this feature on, the current level will be saved and the feature will turn off when the passenger leaves the seat for over 30 seconds;
If someone is seated within 15 minutes after the passenger leaves, the feature will resume the previously saved level; If no one is seated within 15 minutes, the feature will stay off.
Seat Heating
Heating is available for both the front and rear seats and is set to off by default. Enter the Comfort page from the bottom of the center display, and tap
Seats > Heating to turn on heating for the corresponding seat and select the heating level. Seat heating operates at three levels, and will reach the preset level within 10 minutes and then maintain the same temperature.
Switch to the Seat Comfort page on the rear display to control the heating for the rear seats.
With this feature on, the current level will be saved and the feature will turn off when the passenger leaves the seat for over 30 seconds;
If someone is seated within 15 minutes after the passenger leaves, the feature will resume the previously saved level; If no one is seated within 15 minutes, the feature will stay off;
Individuals with limited pain perception due to illness, ages, or other conditions should use the temperature control system and seat heating carefully to avoid potential low-temperature burns due to prolonged use.
Seat Ventilation
Ventilation is available for front seats. Enter the Comfort page from the bottom of the center display, and tap
Seats >Ventilation to turn on ventilation for the corresponding seat and select the ventilation level. Seat ventilation operates at three levels.
Note若功能进行中乘客离开座位超过 30 秒,功能关闭,此时中控屏会保存当前功能的挡位
With this feature on, the current level will be saved and the feature will turn off when the passenger leaves the seat for over 30 seconds;
If someone is seated within 15 minutes after the passenger leaves, the feature will resume the previously saved level; If no one is seated within 15 minutes, the feature will stay off.
Seat Relaxation
Lumbar relaxation is available for both the front and rear seats. Enter the Comfort page from the bottom of the center display, and tap
Seats > Relaxation to select the desired relaxation mode (Mode 1, Mode 2, or Mode 3) for the rear seats.
Mode 1: upper back massage
Mode 2: lumbar massage
Mode 3: cyclical massage from the upper back to the waist
Switch to the Seat Comfort page on the rear display to control the relaxation mode of the rear seats.
Once turned on, each mode lasts for 20 minutes and then stops automatically.
Note若功能进行中乘客离开座位超过 30 秒,功能关闭,此时中控屏会保存当前功能的挡位
With this feature on, the current level will be saved and the feature will turn off when the passenger leaves the seat for over 30 seconds;
If someone is seated within 15 minutes after the passenger leaves, the feature will resume the previously saved level; If no one is seated within 15 minutes, the feature will stay off.
Front Storage
Once seated, the vehicle provides you with a number of convenient storage spaces that can be used to store daily necessities.
Warning储物空间内禁止放置易燃、易爆、易飞溅的物品,储物时请盖紧盒盖。
Never place flammable and combustible objects or liquids with a high risk of splashing in the storage area. Always close the cover after placing objects in the storage area.
Door Storage
There is a storage space at the lower part of each door, which can be used for drinks or items, and is equipped with door storage lighting for illumination at night, when the light is dim or when the position lights are turned on.
Card Holder
A card holder is provided on the sun visor, which can be used to store cards such as business cards and highway passes.
Cup Holder
There are two cup holders on the central armrest, which can be used for drinks.
Do not put any hot beverages in an open container. A spill can increase the risk of injury.
Do not place any fragile items, or they may cause injury when broken.
Center Console Open Storage
The open storage space under the center console can be used for temporary storage of some non-important items, and there is also a 12V power socket at the rear that can be used to charge the passenger's electronic devices.
Rear Storage
Rear Doors
There are convenient storage spaces beside the rear seats. There is a storage space on both rear doors, which can be used for drinks or items, and is equipped with door storage lighting for illumination at night, when the light is dim or when the position lights are turned on.
There are also coat hooks besides both doors, which can be used to neatly store clothes.
Warning储物空间内禁止放置易燃、易爆、易飞溅的物品,储物时请盖紧盒盖。
Never place flammable and combustible objects or liquids with a high risk of splashing in the storage area. Always close the cover after placing objects in the storage area.
Rear Central Armrest
When the rear middle seat is not occupied, you can flip open the central armrest on the backrest to expose the cup holders and storage space.
The storage’s USB Type-C port can be used to charge mobile devices.
Never place flammable and combustible objects or liquids with a high risk of splashing in the storage area. Always close the cover after placing objects in the storage area.
Do not place any heavy, sharp, or fragile objects on the armrest when driving. In case of collision, sudden acceleration, or deceleration, these objects may fly out, adding to the risk of injury.
Safety Storage Box
Storage Box Mode
The safety storage box is in the Storage Box Mode by default. In this mode, the safety storage box is not locked, and its flip cover can be opened through the buttons on the left and right sides of the central armrest:
Safety storage box buttons
Press the button to open the flip cover. It can be used to store mobile phones, tissues and other items (both left and right buttons can open the cover).
Safety storage box USB Type C port (60W)
High-speed transmission port for charging mobile devices, does not support data transmission.
Safety storage box USB Type A port (2.5W)
Ordinary transmission port for data transmission such as USB media audio source, Digital Video Recorder (DVR) video export, microphone access, etc., as well as for charging mobile devices.
Safe Box Mode
Swipe right on the main page of the center display to enter the Quick Settings page, and tap
Safe Box. When the Safe Box Mode is turned on for the first time, a pop-up window for setting the password will pop up on the center display, and you need to set a password to finish setting up Safe Box Mode.
Once set, you need to enter the password on the center display to unlock the safety storage box, then you can open the flip cover through the buttons on both sides of the central armrest.
Mode Switch
To switch between the two modes of the safety storage box: enter the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Safety > Armrest Box to switch between Storage Box Mode and Safe Box Mode.
Storage Box Mode > Safe Box Mode:
Add Safe Box page
Set a password
Safe Box Mode > Storage Box Mode:
Risk prompt
Safe Box Settings page disappears (turns gray)
Rear Trunk
When the tailgate of is opened, you can load items in the storage space of the rear trunk.
The rear trunk's storage space is divided into two layers: Above and under the trunk floor. If you need more storage space, the rear seats can be folded down.
Caution存放液体物品时需注意密封保管,以免液体渗漏对车辆造成损坏。若发生渗漏,请及时清理。
When storing liquids in the vehicle, ensure that the container is sealed. Spills or leakages may damage the vehicle. If a spill or leakage occurs, please clean up the liquid as soon as possible.
Load Retaining Ring
The Load Retaining Ring is used to tie nets or ropes to secure items. There are two on each side of the rear trunk.
Note载荷固定扣环的承重大约为 450 千克。
The load capacity of a load anchoring eyelet is approximately 450 kg.
Objects that are not secured or improperly secured may slide around, turn over or be thrown around in the cabin, which may result in injury to occupants. Sudden braking or turns may increase the risk of injury.
Ensure that all objects are properly stored in the vehicle to avoid them being thrown around. Ensure that all objects are securely fastened before driving to avoid objects sliding around or turning over. Ensure that large or heavy objects are properly secured with belts or straps.
Rear Trunk 12V Power Socket
The 12V power socket is located on the right side of the rear trunk, which can supply power to external devices as needed.
Easy Loading
You can lower the vehicle's ride height to make cargo loading/unloading easier.
Go to Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driving > Easy Loading to enable the feature.
Before enabling the feature, ensure that the area underneath your vehicle is clear of people, animals, or any objects. Failure to do so may result in injury or damage to the vehicle or other objects.
Steering Wheel Position Adjustment
Enter the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap
Position Adjustment > Steering Wheel > Start Adjusting, and then adjust the position through the buttons on the right side of the steering wheel, and tap
End Adjusting after the adjustment is completed; or swipe right on the main page of the center display to enter the Quick Settings page, and tap
Adjusting the Steering Wheel > Start Adjusting to adjust the position of the steering wheel.
To adjust the position of the steering wheel using the buttons on the right side of the steering wheel:
Up: move the steering wheel upward
Down: move the steering wheel downward
Left: move the steering wheel further from the driver
Right: move the steering wheel closer to the driver
When the pop-up window is manually closed by the driver or passively closed due to factors such as conflicts, the right steering wheel controls will exit the steering wheel adjustment mode and resumes regular controls instead, such as answering phone calls, and increasing/decreasing volume.
Warning方向盘位置调节不当或坐姿不当会带来人身伤害,建议方向盘与胸部之间距离不小于25厘米。
Do not adjust the steering wheel position while driving. Doing so may result in an accident.
An improper steering wheel position or seating position may result in injury. Make sure your chest is at least 25 centimeters from the steering wheel.
Control via Right Steering Wheel Buttons
Steering Wheel Position Adjustment
Enter the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap
Position Adjustment > Steering Wheel > Start Adjusting to adjust the position through the buttons on the right side of the steering wheel. See
Steering Wheel Position Adjustment.
>
Adjusting the Right Exterior Rearview Mirror
Enter the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap
Position Adjustment > Adjusting the Exterior Rearview Mirrors > Start Adjusting to adjust the position of the right exterior rearview mirror through the buttons on the right side of the steering wheel. See
Exterior Rearview Mirrors Position Adjustment.
Volume Adjustment
In scenarios such as answering calls, talking with NOMI, and playing multimedia, tap the Up or Down button to adjust the volume, and press and hold the Down button to mute the sound.
In other scenarios where there is no need for volume adjusting, holding the Up button has no response, and press and hold the Down button to mute the sound.
In the mute state, tap the Up button to unmute.
To Trigger the Custom Function
Press and hold the Middle button on the right side of the steering wheel to trigger the custom function. The default triggered function is NOMI, and you can change to a custom function on the Settings page.
Control within an Immediate Task
When the incoming call reminder is displayed, you can answer or reject the call through the Left and Right buttons, and the Middle button is for confirming the selection.
Normal Menu Switching
Press and hold the Left or Right button to enter the “Switching Mode”, in which you can tap the Left or Right button to switch the order of the menus.
Tap the Middle button, or hold the Left or Right button for 3 seconds to select the current menu and exit Switching Mode.
Controls within the Menu
When the instrument panel shows the Media/Third-party Software, Estimated Battery Life, Mileage, and Power Consumption menus, press the Left, Middle and Right buttons on the right side of the steering wheel to globally control the media/third-party software.
When the Media/Third-party Software menu is for Media: Left - previous track; Right - next track; Middle - play/pause
When the Media/Third-party Software menu is for Karaoke: Left - redo; Right - next track; Middle - play/pause
When the instrument panel shows Team menu: Middle - sound record/send
Control via Left Steering Wheel Buttons
Adjusting the Left Exterior Rearview Mirror
Enter the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap
Position Adjustment > Adjusting the Exterior Rearview Mirrors > Start Adjusting to adjust the position of the left exterior rearview mirror through the buttons on the left side of the steering wheel. See
Exterior Rearview Mirrors Position Adjustment.
To adjust driver assistance control
Middle button: activate or exit driver assistance
Up button: increase the cruising speed
Down button: decrease the cruising speed
Right button: increase the following distance
Left button: decrease the following distance
Tap the Up or Down button: increase/decrease the cruising speed by 5 km/h; press and hold the Up or Down button: increase/decrease the cruising speed by 1 km/h continuously
Tap the Left or Right button: increase/decrease the following distance by 1 level, where Level 1 is the closest, and Level 5 is the farthest
Steering Wheel Heating
Turn on steering wheel heating in cold weather to enjoy a comfortable driving experience. To turn it on, go to the Comfort page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap
Seats > Heating > Steering Wheel Heating. The steering wheel will gradually warm up to a comfortable temperature within 10 minutes and then stays at that temperature.
Double-button Restart of Steering Wheel
If the screen of the center display is unresponsive, try resolving by quickly restarting the vehicle system.
Instructions for Double-button Restart:
Turn on the hazard warning lights;
Park your vehicle in a safe area and put into P gear;
Press and hold the Right button on the left side of the steering wheel and the Down button on the right side at the same time for about 8 seconds;
After about 30 seconds, all screens will light up and the system can resume operation.
If the system has not returned to normal, please contact the NIO Service Center as soon as possible.
Caution车辆双键重启必须在驻车状态,请确保车辆停靠在安全区域;
The vehicle must be in PARK to use Dual-Button Restart. Please ensure that the vehicle is parked in a safe area;
It is strictly forbidden to perform Dual-Button Restart while the vehicle is moving;
Keep the hazard warning light on while the vehicle is in the system restart process;
Do not perform Dual-Button Restart when the vehicle software is being upgraded;
During the restart process, the vehicle status display, safety warning, surround view image, map interface, and other information cannot be seen;
If the screen fails to resume normal operation after Dual-Button Restart, you can try to lock the vehicle and put the vehicle to sleep. If the problem persists, please contact NIO.
USB Port
Four USB ports are provided in your vehicle, including one Type A (2.5W) port and three Type C (60 W) ports.
Location:
Safety storage box: 1 port of Type A (2.5W), 1 port of Type C (60 W)
Rear control display: 1 port of Type C (60 W)
Rear central armrest: 1 port of Type C (60 W)
12V Power Outlets
There are two 12V power outlets available inside the vehicle.
Positions:
Behind the center console storage area
On the right side of the tailgate
Front and Rear Windshield Wipers
Front wipers can clean the front windshield. You can set the front wipers to different modes by toggling the lever on the right of the steering wheel.
Icon
Name
Function
Operation
Single wipe
Front wipers wipe once
Toggle down the lever once
Off
Front wipers are turned off
Toggle the lever to this option
Intermittent wipes
Front wipers wipe intermittently
Toggle the lever up to this option
Consecutive wipes
Front wipers wipe continuously at a low speed
Toggle the lever up to this option
Front wipers wipe continuously at a high speed
Keep toggling the lever up to this option
When Intermittent Wipes is enabled, you can adjust the frequency with the speed switch on the lever. Roll up the switch for a higher frequency and down for a lower frequency.
Warning冬季启动刮水器前,确保刮水器刮片未结冻,且已刮落挡风玻璃上的冰雪。
In winter, ensure that the wiper blades are not frozen and the ice or snow in front of the windshield has been cleared before turning on the wipers.
Warning当刮水器清洁挡风玻璃时,要使用足够的清洗液,挡风玻璃必须保持湿润。
Be sure to use sufficient washer fluid to keep the windshield wet when wiping the windshield.
Auto Front Wiper
Press the Auto Wiper button
on the end of the right lever to enable the auto wiper feature. Press this button again or toggle the lever up and down to disable the auto wiper feature.
Go to Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driving > Auto Rear Wiper to enable the feature.
Note在自动洗车房中,请确保停用自动雨刮功能,否则可能会由于无意间刮水导致雨刮器损坏。
To avoid damage to the wipers, ensure that the auto wiper feature is disabled when entering an automatic car wash machine.
Cleaning the Front Windshield with Wipers
Lift the lever on the right side of the steering wheel towards the driver's face, and select
. The nozzles on the wiper arms will spray washer fluid, and the wipers will operate at low speed. Release the lever to stop spraying washer fluid.
Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driving > Enhanced Cleansing to enable this feature. Now the wipers will wipe one more time after spraying washer fluid. It is recommended to turn off this feature in winter in northern areas.
Push the lever forward and select
to enable the rear windshield wipers to work at a low speed.
Push the lever further forward and hold it, then select
to spray washer fluid on the upper rear windshield with wipers working at a low speed. Release the lever to stop spraying and keep wiping. Pull the lever back to stop wiping.
Caution洗涤液不足时不要使用清洗装置,否则会损坏洗涤液泵。
To avoid damaging the washer pump, do not use the washer if the washer fluid is insufficient.
Warning在恶劣天气条件下,确保雨刮片未被冻结或粘附在挡风玻璃上。
In bad weather conditions, ensure that the wiper blades are not frozen or attached to the windshield.
Rear Windshield Auto Heating
Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driving to enable rear windshield auto heating. When the front wipers are turned on on rainy days, rear windshield heating will be enabled automatically to help remove the water mist.
Enabling/Disabling Wipers in Reverse
When shifting into REVERSE with the front wipers on, the rear wiper will be turned on automatically. When shifting out of REVERSE, the rear wiper will be turned off.
When Auto Rear Wiper is enabled and the front wipers are turned on, the rear wiper operates automatically when reversing.
Exterior Rearview Mirrors Position Adjustment
Enter the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap
Position Adjustment > Exterior Rearview Mirrors Adjustment > Start Adjusting, and then adjust the position of the exterior mirrors through the steering wheel buttons, and wait for 5 seconds or tap
End Adjusting after the adjustment is completed; or swipe right from left on the main page of the center display to enter the Quick Settings page, and tap
Exterior Rearview Mirrors Adjustment > Start Adjusting to adjust the position of the exterior rearview mirrors.
The left button on the steering wheel is used to adjust the left exterior rearview mirror, and the right button on the steering wheel is used to adjust the right exterior rearview mirror.
Adjustment Method:
Upper and lower buttons: control the up and down rotation of the exterior rearview mirror
Left and right buttons: control the left and right rotation of the exterior rearview mirror
Short press: rotate one level; Long press: continuously rotating
Warning车辆行驶中禁止调节外后视镜,防止发生意外事故
Do not adjust the side mirrors while driving. Doing so may result in an accident.
Side Mirror Folding
To set the side mirror auto-fold feature, enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driving > Auto Fold On Lock.
After the vehicle is locked from the outside, the side mirrors will fold automatically. The next time the driver is seated in the driver seat (with the driver door closed and the brake pedal pressed), the side mirrors will unfold automatically.
If the vehicle is passing through a narrow road at a low speed (less than 40 km/h), you can manually fold the side mirrors by tapping
Driving > Side Mirror Folding on the Settings page, and the side mirrors will automatically unfold when the vehicle speed exceeds 40 km/h.
In order to see the road clearly when reversing, you can turn on the
Auto-Tilt In Reverse feature.
Side Mirror Heating
The side mirrors are equipped with a heating feature to quickly dry rain or snow on them.
You can enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driving > Side Mirror Heating to manually turn on the side mirror heating feature.
The side mirror heating automatically turns off after 60 minutes. You can also manually turn it off from the center display.
Side Mirror Auto Heating
Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driving to enable side mirror auto heating. When the front wipers are turned on on rainy days, side mirror auto heating will be enabled automatically to help remove the water mist.
Rearview Mirror and Side Mirror Auto-Dimming
Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driving > Rearview Mirror and Side Mirror Auto-Dimming to enable the rearview mirror and side mirror auto-dimming feature.
The rearview mirror and side mirror auto-dimming feature can reduce the glare of headlights from vehicles behind you to reduce safety risks.
Note车辆为 R 挡及前阅读灯开启时防炫目功能不可用。
The auto-dimming feature is not available when the vehicle is in REVERSE with the front reading lights on.
Front Row Air Conditioning Control
Air Conditioning Control Bar
Control the temperature and airflow distribution in your vehicle through the air conditioning control bar at the bottom of the center display.
Home
Tap to return to the home page.
Settings
Tap to go to the list of settings.
Switching Between Recirculating Air and Outside Air
The current air flow mode is displayed. You can tap to select the following three modes in sequence: recirculation
, automatic recirculation or outside air
, and outside air
.
With automatic recirculation or outside air mode, if air pollution is serious, outside air will be turned off automatically and switched to recirculation to realize automatic control of air quality in the vehicle.
Driver Side Temperature Display
Displays the target temperature on the driver side. Tapping it goes to the temperature control panel.
Swiping left or right adjusts the target temperature. The range on the driver side is 15–31 ℃.
You can also press the arrow to adjust the target temperature. Each time you press the arrow, the temperature can be adjusted by 0.5 ℃.
Select "Whole Vehicle Sync" to adjust the air conditioning temperature for the front and rear passengers together with the driver side. Manually adjusting the temperature on the front passenger side or in the rear row will exit sync mode.
Air Conditioning Inlet and Air Volume Regulation
Displays the ON/OFF status of the air conditioning. Tap to expand or collapse the air conditioning control panel.
Long press and slide to adjust the air volume level of the front row. There are eight air volume levels, 0–8, where 0 turns off the air conditioning for the whole vehicle.
Front Passenger Side Temperature Display
Displays the target temperature on the front passenger side. Tapping it goes to the temperature control panel.
Swiping left or right adjusts the target temperature. The range on the front passenger side is 15–31 ℃.
You can also press the arrow to adjust the target temperature. Each time you press the arrow, the temperature can be adjusted by 0.5 ℃.
Front Windshield Defrosting/Defogging
When the front windshield defrosting/defogging function is turned on, the manual air conditioning (A/C) mode is turned on at the same time, the air distribution mode is defrosting mode, and the air circulation is switched to the automatic recirculation/outside air mode.
If the outside of the front windshield is foggy. Turn on the wipers and automatic air conditioning. If the inside of the front windshield is foggy, turn on defogging for the front windshield. After the fog is cleared, switch to automatic air conditioning and turn on auto defogging for the air conditioning.
Go to the Settings page in the control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap
Comfortable Environment > Auto Defogging. Front windshield defogging will automatically turn on when the inside of the front windshield is about to become foggy or slightly foggy.
Application Center
Applications in the center display of the vehicle.
Volume Adjustment
The default volume is 50%. Tap and then slide left or right to adjust the volume.
Mute by long pressing, and then unmute and return to the volume before the mute state by another long press.
Front Row Air Conditioning Control Panel
When any page is displayed on the current center display, tap the temperature display or the current air conditioning status button at the bottom of the center display to go to the air conditioning control panel to control the temperature of the front and rear row air conditioning.
Front Row Air Conditioning Switch
Tap this button to turn on the front row air conditioning.
Tap again to turn off the front row air conditioning. At this time, if the rear row air conditioning is on, it will be turned off too.
Manual Mode (A/C)
Tap this button to turn on the manual air conditioning (A/C) function, which allows the air volume and temperature to be set manually.
If you turn off this button, the passenger compartment will enter the ventilation state.
Strong Cooling Mode
Tap this button to turn on the maximum cooling mode. In this mode, the manual air conditioning (A/C) mode is turned on, recirculation is automatically switched on, the air volume of the air conditioning is set to the highest level, and the air distribution mode is face blowing.
Tap this button again to exit the maximum cooling mode. Your vehicle will then return to the air conditioning state before the maximum cooling mode was set.
Strong Heating Mode
Tap this button to turn on the maximum heating mode. In this mode, the manual air conditioning (A/C) mode is turned on, recirculation/outside air mode is automatically switched on, the air volume of the air conditioning is set to the highest level, and the air distribution mode is foot blowing.
Tap this button again to exit the maximum heating mode. Your vehicle will return to the air conditioning state before the maximum heating mode was set.
Front Windshield Defrosting/Defogging
When the front windshield defrosting/defogging function is turned on, the manual air conditioning (A/C) mode is turned on at the same time, the air distribution mode is defrosting mode, and the air circulation is switched to the automatic recirculation/outside air mode.
If the outside of the front windshield is foggy. Turn on the wipers and automatic air conditioning. If the inside of the front windshield is foggy, turn on defogging for the front windshield. After the fog is cleared, switch to automatic air conditioning and turn on auto defogging for the air conditioning.
Go to the Settings page in the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap
Comfortable Environment > Auto Defogging, and set the sensitivity. Front windshield defogging will automatically turn on when the inside of the front windshield is about to become foggy or slightly foggy.
Rear Windshield Heating
The rear windshield heating function will be turned off automatically 15 minutes after it was turned on.
Ventilation Mode
Closed: The driver side air vent is closed, but the four air vents in the front row cannot be closed at the same time.
Free: The air vent angle can be adjusted separately for the two driver air vents.
Symmetrical: The air vent angles are symmetrical for the two driver vents.
Sweeping: The air vent angle is set to sweep up and down, left and right.
Air volume of front row air conditioning
The air volume desired for the front row can be controlled with the "+" and "-" icons. Select from eight air volume levels available on this model.
Automatic Mode (AUTO)
Tap this button to turn on the automatic air conditioning mode. In this mode, the temperature, air volume, airflow direction of the front and rear rows, and the air flow mode will be adjusted automatically according to the temperature set by you.
Tap this button again to exit the automatic air conditioning mode, and your vehicle will remain in the current air conditioning status.
Air Distribution Mode
You can select one of the following seven air distribution modes: defrosting, face blowing, foot blowing, face + foot blowing, foot blowing + defrosting, face blowing + defrosting, face + foot blowing + defrosting.
Distribution Mode Icon
Air Distribution Mode
Defrosting Mode
In cold and wet weather, defrosting mode, together with large air volume, can quickly remove fog and frost particles on the front windshield.
Face Blowing Mode
Provides heating or cooling for the front row passenger compartment.
Foot Blowing Mode
Provides heating or cooling for the feet of the front row passengers.
Face + Foot Blowing Mode
Provides good comfort for the whole front row passenger compartment and feet.
Foot Blowing + Defrosting Mode
Provides heating or cooling for the front row passenger's feet while defrosting the front windshield.
Face Blowing + Defrosting Mode
Provides heating or cooling for the front row passenger compartment while defrosting the front windshield.
Defrosting + Face + Foot Blowing Mode
Provides good comfort for the entire front row passenger compartment and feet while defrosting the front windshield.
Front Row Air Vents and Adjustment
The air vents in the front row of the vehicle are located at the front windshield, the instrument panel and the leg space under the instrument panel.
Defrosting air vent at front windshield
Face blowing air vent at instrument panel
Foot blowing air vent under instrument panel
To adjust the air vent at the front row instrument panel, do as follows:
Press and hold the blowing area on the center display and then slide up or down to control the vertical angle, and slide left and right to control the horizontal angle.
In the free mode, double-click the air vent position in the center display to close the corresponding air vent. However, at least one air vent must be left open.
Tips for Using Air Conditioning
Make sure that the vent grille of the air conditioning is not blocked by foreign objects (leaves, snow, etc.).
If the vehicle has been parked in the hot sun, opening the windows while running the air conditioning can create convection, which helps the vehicle to cool down faster.
Rear Row Air Conditioning Control
Rear Row Air Conditioning Center Display Control Panel
The vehicle includes a center display control panel for the rear air conditioning, allowing rear passengers to easily adjust the temperature and air volume.
Air Conditioning Main Switch
It turns on or off the front and rear air conditioners.
Rear Switch
Tap this button to turn on or off the rear air conditioner.
Rear Ventilation Mode
Closed: To close the rear air vent, but the two air vents in the rear row cannot be closed at the same time.
Free: The rear air vent angle can be adjusted separately.
Sweep: The rear air vent angle is set to sweep up and down, left and right.
Rear Temperature Display
Displays the target temperature of the rear seats, and tap to enter the temperature control panel.
Hold and slide the temperature value left and right to adjust temperature. The temperature adjustment range is from 15 to 31 degrees Celsius.
Face Blowing Mode
Provides heating or cooling for the rear passenger compartment.
Automatic Mode (AUTO)
Tap this button to turn on the automatic air conditioning mode for the rear row. In this mode, the temperature, air volume, airflow direction of the rear rows will be adjusted automatically based on the temperature you set.
Tap this button again to exit the automatic air conditioning mode, and your vehicle will remain in the current air conditioning status.
Foot Blowing Mode
Provides heating or cooling for the feet of the rear passengers.
Air volume of rear row air conditioning
The air volume desired for the rear row can be controlled with the "+" and "-" icons. Select from six air volume levels available on this model.
Rear passengers can use the rear control display to control the rear air conditioner.
Rear Row Air Conditioning Vents and Their Adjustment
The rear row air conditioning vents are located at the bottom of the rear control display and the front passenger and driver’s seats.
Rear row face blowing air vents
Rear row foot blowing air vents
To adjust the rear row air vent do as follows:
Press and hold the vent on the center display or the rear control display, and then slide up or down to control the vertical angle, and slide left and right to control the horizontal angle.
In the free mode, double-click an air vent on the screen to close the corresponding air vent. However, at least one air vent must be left open.
Air Purification
PM2.5 Air Purification
View the current air quality in your vehicle at the upper right corner of the center display, and tap to switch to the corresponding air purification mode.
OFF: Turns off air purification;
AUTO: Adjusts the purification airflow speed automatically according to the concentration of PM 2.5 in the passenger compartment;
QUIET: Purifies the air in the passenger compartment in the low airflow speed and silent state.
Negative Ion Sync On
Go to the Settings page in the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Comfortable Environment > Negative Ion Sync On to generate negative ions while purifying the air, thereby further improving the air comfort in the vehicle.
Continuous Deodorization of Air Conditioning
If the air conditioning cooling is turned on in hot weather, some condensate may remain in the climate control system when parking. Go to the Settings page in the control bar at the bottom of the center display and select
Comfortable Environment > Continuous Deodorization of Air Conditioning. When you leave and lock your vehicle, if the system detects the residual condensate in the climate control system, it will turn on the fan and run it at the maximum air volume to keep the evaporator and air pipe dry, thereby reducing the risk of bacteria breeding in the humid environment.
You can select one of the two drying levels:
Standard (the fan works for about 3 minutes continuously) and
Strong (the fan works for about 20 minutes continuously).
This function increases energy consumption in certain circumstances, so make sure that you plan your trip accordingly and turn the function off if necessary.
Remaining Life of Air Conditioning Filter Element
After replacing the filter element, go to the Settings page in the control bar at the bottom of the center display and select
Comfortable Environment > Air Conditioning Purifier Filter Element Life Timer to reset the filter service life timer.
Note该寿命计时为预估时间,实际使用寿命受环境等因素影响,必要时更换。
This reminder is the estimated service life, and the actual service life may vary due to the environment and other factors. Please replace the air filter if necessary.
Music
You can go to the Media interface from the main screen of the center display to select the program for listening to music:
Select "Tidal" to discover and listen to your favorite music. You can also use it to build a library of your preferred songs or albums.
Insert a USB flash disk into the USB port in your vehicle to play the music in the USB flash disk.
After a mobile device is connected to your vehicle's Bluetooth, you can select "Bluetooth Music" to play the music in the mobile device.
You can go to the Settings page on the leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Sound to set the volume for media music. Select "Sound Field" to set the sound field effect in passenger compartment. If necessary (for example, when a child is sleeping in the rear row), the rear mute function can be turned on.
You can select your navigation route on the navigation interface from the main page of the center display. If you have previously sent a navigation route through your mobile app, the selected navigation route will be displayed automatically when the center display is turned on.
Tap
to set navigation options, such as route preference, navigation voice broadcast, and map display mode.
Photo/Video
Photo
NOMI can capture your selfies inside the car upon request. The center display's
Photos application is where videos or photos are stored. To transfer them, use a USB cable.
Phone
When your mobile phone's Bluetooth is successfully paired with your vehicle's Bluetooth, the on-board Bluetooth phone function can be used after your vehicle is authorized on your mobile phone to synchronize your mobile phone contacts and recent calls. You can see the phone page on the home page or on the application center in the central display.
When your contacts and recent calls in your mobile phone are synchronized to your vehicle, you can choose a specific contact or recent call or enter a phone number directly to make a call. You can switch between private mode and hands-free mode during a call.
You can browse your recent calls, or switch to other Bluetooth phone devices or hide your recent calls in the dialing page.
Connect to Mobile Device
You can connect mobile devices (such as mobile phones, tablets) to the vehicle through interior Bluetooth or Wireless hotspots, and the center display can synchronize the entertainment features (such as phone contacts, music) in the mobile device with your confirmation, which is convenient for you to better experience the entertainment features inside the vehicle. When you connect the same mobile device to the vehicle the next time, it can be automatically synchronized to the center display without reconfirmation.
Tap the Bluetooth/Wireless hotspot icon at the top of the center display to select the Bluetooth or Wireless hotspot you want to connect to:
Turn on the Bluetooth or Wi-Fi feature on your mobile device (mobile phone or tablet).
Enter the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap
Connect, and turn on the Bluetooth or Wireless hotspot feature on the center display.
Select the mobile device you want to connect to on the current page, and manually pair it with the vehicle to connect.
You can also quickly connect to Bluetooth and Wireless hotspot with one tap on the central control wireless charging board (only for some mobile phone models):
Turn on the NFC and Bluetooth/Wi-Fi features on the phone.
Place your phone on the wireless charging board of the center console.
Enter the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap
Connect, open the Bluetooth or Hotspot page and select "One-tap quick connection through the mobile NFC feature”.
Note进行蓝牙或热点连接过程中请勿移开手机。
Do not remove your phone from the charging pad when it is connected to the vehicle via Bluetooth or Hotspot.
Wireless Charging
You can place your wireless charging equipment on the wireless charging board next to the cup holder on the central armrest for wireless charging.
The wireless charging feature is enabled by default. You can enter the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Connect > Wireless Charging to turn it off. The current status is saved under the account of the owner or the authorized user. The center display displays the current charging status.
When the NFC one-key pairing feature of interior Bluetooth is being used by the wireless charging board, wireless charging will be temporarily stopped.
Wireless charging will stop in the following situations, and the center display will prompt the relevant status:
The charging is complete.
Errors in the charging process, including vehicle power supply over-voltage or under-voltage.
When wireless charging is enabled, any metal object (such as a key, coin or NFC card) placed on the wireless charging pad may affect its charging efficiency or even lead to a burn.
When using wireless charging, do not place any metal objects between the phone and the charging plate, such as coins and cards with chips/battery. Do not use phone cases with metal materials, such as those that support magnetic charging (MagSafe).
It is normal for the phone to become hot after being charged for a long period of time. Do not place a fully charged device on the charging pad. Doing so can cause overheating.
Do not charge two or more devices wirelessly at the same time.
The vent of the cooling fan is at the bottom of the wireless charging pad. Prevent small foreign objects and liquids from entering it.
NOMI Smart Assistant
The vehicle smart assistant, NOMI, is placed above the vehicle center console. You and your passengers can easily control the turning on/off of some features by simply talking to NOMI. It will be your thoughtful helper during the journey.
When you are seated (after closing the driver's door or stepping on the brake pedal), NOMI will greet you warmly. When you want NOMI to turn on the voice control, you can say the wake-up words (default: “Hi, NOMI”) or press the voice button on the right side of the steering wheel to wake NOMI up; and after NOMI responds to your awakening (e.g., by answering "I’m here. ") , you can simply say the feature you want to perform. NOMI will automatically enter standby mode when the conversation ends or the designated feature has been completed. You can always wake up NOMI again when necessary.
You can customize wake-up words for NOMI: enter the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
NOMI > Set up Wake-up Words. This setting will be saved into your personal account, and will be automatically activated when you take a seat next time. If the custom wake-up word is composed of two syllables, like “Xiao Hei”, you need to add “Hi” in front when waking NOMI up; if it is composed of three to six syllables, such as “Xiao Hei Hei”, you can simply wake NOMI up by this name alone.
You can also turn on continuous conversation for NOMI when you set it up: enter the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
NOMI > NOMI Continuous Conversation. When you wake up NOMI from the driver’s seat, front passenger seat or rear seats and interact with it, you can continue the conversation in 20 seconds without waking it up again. In this way, you don’t have to worry about the interaction being affected by the conversations occurring among other passengers; and passengers in other seats can wake NOMI themselves if they want to use it. Tap
Immersive Voice Interaction to hide the transcription of your conversation with NOMI.
Tell NOMI how we're doing by saying "I want to give my feedback." NOMI will record your feedback for up to 30 seconds and send it to our expert product team, together with necessary information, including your vehicle ID, account ID and time stamp. The recording will be sent after the countdown.
When you are riding with children, you can enter the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
NOMI > Smart Conversation Scenarios for Children to create a more interesting in-vehicle interactive experience and companionship for them.
Classification of NOMI Controls
Features you want to have (stay tuned for the SURPRISE...)
Voice command examples
General
Wake up NOMI
Hi, NOMI.
Describe a feature
What can you do?
Make a suggestion
I have a suggestion.
I want to report a problem.
Turn off a feature
Cancel/Exit/Goodbye.
Do Not Disturb mode (NOMI will not talk to you actively, but can respond to your requests)
Do Not Disturb mode.
Don’t disturb me.
Quit Do Not Disturb mode.
Stop sleeping.
Wake up.
Media
Volume adjustment
Turn the music/media volume up to the maximum.
Turn the volume to 60%/minimum/half.
Mute.
Play music
Play any song.
Play xxx
Next track.
Single loop/list loop/shuffle mode.
Add this song to Favorites.
Don't want to listen to xxx's songs anymore.
Play USB music.
Phone
Making calls
Call xxx.
Answer calls
Answer/reject.
Entertainment
Telling jokes
Tell me a joke.
Selfie
Take a picture of me.
One more.
Navigation
Navigate to the point of interest
Navigate me.
I want to go and charge up.
I'm hungry.
I want to eat hot pot.
Route planning
The first one.
Go to the nearest one.
Re-route.
Address collection and memory
Change home address.
Save current location.
Adjusting the navigation view
Zoom in on the map.
Switch to 2D map.
Vehicle head upwards.
Navigation information query and ending navigation
How long will it take to get to the company?
What’s the road condition ahead?
End navigation.
Stop navigating.
Air conditioning
Adjusting temperature
Turn the air conditioning to 26℃ (on driver’s seat/front passenger seat/rear seat).
Adjusting wind speed
Turn the wind speed at the driver’s seat down a little.
Turn the air conditioning up to the max.
Turn the air conditioning on/off
Turn the (rear seat) air conditioning on.
Turn on the auto mode of the air conditioning.
Adjust wind direction and interior and exterior circulation
Face blowing, foot blowing, window blowing, foot + windshield blowing, face + foot blowing.
Turn on the (driver/front passenger) seat ventilation.
Turn the seat ventilation down a little.
Seat heating
Turn the (driver/front passenger/rear left/rear right) seat heating on.
Turn the seat temperature up a little.
Seat massage
Turn the (driver/front passenger) seat massage on.
Turn the massage strength up a little.
Set the driver's seat massage to grade 3.
Steering wheel
Steering wheel heating
Turn the steering wheel heating on
Lighting
Ambient lighting
Turn the ambient lighting on.
Change the color of the ambient lighting.
Controls on center display
Screen brightness adjustment
Dim the screen.
Turn the screen brightness up to the max.
Bluetooth/Wi-Fi/hotspot
Turn (Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, Hotspot) on/off.
Apps
Return to the main page.
Open Media/Phone/Navigation/Music/Weather/Settings.
WarningNOMI 注意事项
Keep NOMI and its base away from any liquids, acid or alkaline solvents, dirt, fibers, or magnetic materials.
Do not disassemble or repair NOMI and its base.
Do not push, pull or twist NOMI, or obstruct its movement.
Do not attempt to remove NOMI and its base.
Comfort Features
When the vehicle is in PARK (without being locked from the outside) and the driver’s seat is unoccupied, occupants can still enter the vehicle and access certain comfort features. The feature will automatically turn off after 10 hours without any operations. To continue using a comfort feature, open any door, press the brake pedal, or sit in the driver’s seat with the driver’s door closed.
Comfort features mainly include:
Driver’s/passenger seat adjustment
Steering Wheel Adjustment
Wireless Charging
Front A/C Control
Seat massage, heating and ventilation
Steering Wheel Heating
Window Control
Reading lights and ambient lighting
Entertainment and navigation
NOMI
Intelligent Fragrance System
Your vehicle is equipped with an intelligent fragrance system. You and your family can choose your favorite fragrance, and enjoy the fresh and comfortable olfactory pleasure you experience during the journey.
It provides you with a variety of scents. You can choose your favorite fragrance and install it in the fragrance mechanism above the open storage area of the center console, and change the fragrance vial according to your preferences.
How to install and change the fragrance vial:
Open the cap of the fragrance vial, insert the thin end of the fragrance vial upward into the hole in the fragrance mechanism above the open storage area of the center console, and gently press the bottom of the vial upward to ensure that it is properly installed.
Caution安装香氛瓶过程中请勿旋转香氛瓶。
Do not rotate the fragrance cartridge when inserting it.
The fragrance vial will be secured by the magnet in the fragrance mechanism once it is inserted into the hole.
The center display will prompt that the fragrance vial has been installed successfully and display information about the fragrance inserted into the corresponding hole.
When replacing the fragrance vial, pinch the bottom of the fragrance vial with your fingers, and slowly remove the fragrance vial from the fragrance mechanism.
After the fragrance is successfully installed, enter the Air Conditioning Settings page from the center display, tap
Fragrance, and on this page, you can control whether the fragrance system is on/off, adjust the concentration of the corresponding fragrance, and select fragrances with different scents.
Warning香氛警告
Keep the fragrance cartridge out of the reach of children to prevent them from swallowing it accidentally, as this may be detrimental to their health.
Do not allow your child to insert their finger into the fragrance holder. Doing so may result in injury.
To ensure your safety, do not insert or replace the fragrance cartridge while driving.
If you or any passenger feels discomfort, disable the fragrance system immediately.
Caution香氛注意
Please check the expiration date before inserting the fragrance cartridge. The fragrance has a shelf life of one year if the bottle remains unopened; after the bottle is opened, the fragrance can last three months. Stop using the fragrance and replace it after it expires.
Some fragrances (e.g. Wild) have a stimulating effect. Please use it only when needed.
When replacing the fragrance cartridge, keep your hands clean to ensure the fragrance system can function normally after it is replaced.
A magnet is placed in each fragrance holder. Keep your smart phone, tablet and other electronic devices away from the holder to avoid any interference between electronic devices and the fragrance system.
Chemical reactions may occur between the fragrance and organic substances. Keep the ceramic fragrance stuck in the fragrance cartridge and away from all plastic parts.
Note香氛说明
The experience with the fragrance system may vary depending to the cabin temperature, fan speed, and user’s physical condition.
Only purchase genuine ceramic fragrance sticks and avoid damaging the fragrance cartridge to ensure its quality.
If the fragrance cartridge cannot be identified after it is inserted, please try again.
Tide
Tide is a physical and psychological health app that helps you sleep, meditate, relax, and stay focused. Inspired by travels, nature and meditation, Tide provides a wealth of audio resources such as sounds of nature and meditation exercises to help you escape from the fast-paced world for a quiet space of peace, where you can meditate for a while to relax your mind and sleep better with less anxiety and stress while staying focused and calm.
Tide offers three modes, namely Nap, Meditation, and Breathing.
Nap Mode
You and your family can fall asleep to the sounds of nature in the vehicle and wake up to a soft alarm to embrace a beautiful world.
You or your authorized users can enter the application launcher to open the
Tide > Nap page where sound scenarios and alarm time for the nap can be set and memorized for the specific account.
Nap by Time: You can set a nap countdown to wake you up at the set time. You can also choose to continue or end the nap upon the alarm.
Nap by Charge: If the vehicle is in the DC charging process, you can set a battery level within the charging limit to have a nap until the set level is reached.
More settings are provided, including volumes and timed playback of sleep aid sounds, alarm clock sounds and volumes, and seat position restoration switch upon the end of nap.
Set sleep aid sound scenarios.
After the vehicle enters the Nap Mode, the in-vehicle lighting will be turned off, with windows and doors closed and locked, the climate control will be automatically set to the temperature comfortable for a nap, and the air purifier will be automatically turned on. If you sit in a front seat, the seat will automatically move to the relax position (if set previously) or the default position. NOMI will enter the Do Not Disturb Mode to create a relaxing atmosphere for you. After the nap ends, the vehicle will restore the settings before the nap.
Caution小憩模式
Before entering the Nap Mode, make sure the vehicle is in PARK and not in the power swap mode.
Close all the doors and the liftgate before starting the Nap Mode to ensure safety.
A fault with the climate control system may compromise the comfort during the nap.
When the front seats are moving backward at the beginning of the nap, pay attention to the space for occupants on rear seats. If the long track engages for the front passenger seat, the front passenger seat will not automatically move after the nap starts.
If the vehicle is not being charged, make sure that its remaining range is not less than 60 km. The time alarm will be triggered automatically when the remaining range is less than 30 km, and the charging alarm will be triggered automatically when the charging connector is disconnected or the charging runs into a fault, to remind you to check the battery level.
The vehicle will automatically exit the Nap Mode under certain circumstances, for example, when the vehicle is not in PARK, the battery has a risk of ignition, a software update is in progress, the vehicle is in the power swap mode, the vehicle is locked for sleep, the climate control is faulty, and the account is switched. In this case, the seats cannot be automatically restored to the positions before the nap.
Meditation Mode
The Meditation Mode provides an immersive experience to give your brain break, so that you can feel your inner self and your surroundings and reduce your physical and mental exhaustion.
You or your authorized users can enter the application launcher to open the
Tide > Meditation page where sound scenarios and sound volumes for the meditation can be set and memorized for the specific account.
After the vehicle enters the Meditation Mode, the in-vehicle lighting will be turned off, with windows and doors closed and locked, the climate control will be automatically set to the temperature comfortable for meditation, and the air purifier will be automatically turned on. NOMI will enter the Do Not Disturb Mode to create an immersive and quiet atmosphere for you. After the meditation ends, the vehicle will restore the settings before the meditation.
Caution冥想与呼吸
Make sure the vehicle is in PARK and not in the Power Swap Mode.
Close all the doors and the liftgate before starting the Meditation Mode to ensure safety.
If the vehicle is not being charged, make sure that its remaining range is not less than 30 km.
The vehicle will automatically exit the current mode under certain circumstances, for example, when the vehicle is not in PARK, the battery has a risk of ignition, a software update is in progress, the vehicle is in the power swap mode, the vehicle is locked for sleep, and the account is switched.
Breathing Mode
The Breathing Mode helps you learn how to breathe properly, calm yourself down, and relieve stress.
You or your authorized users can enter the application launcher to open the
Tide > Breathing page where breathing scenarios and background sound scenarios and volumes can be set and memorized for the specific account.
Caution冥想与呼吸
Make sure the vehicle is in PARK and not in the Power Swap Mode.
Close all the doors and the liftgate before starting the Meditation Mode to ensure safety.
If the vehicle is not being charged, make sure that its remaining range is not less than 30 km.
The vehicle will automatically exit the current mode under certain circumstances, for example, when the vehicle is not in PARK, the battery has a risk of ignition, a software update is in progress, the vehicle is in the power swap mode, the vehicle is locked for sleep, and the account is switched.
Quick Access
You can tap
Quick Access in the application launcher on the center display to freely combine apps for customized scenarios, or enter the Square interface to enjoy a personalized and automated intelligent experience using the recommended Quick Access templates.
Actions that support custom shortcuts include: time, media, weather, cabin comfort, driving, charge, doors, windows, seats, lighting, system settings and applications, and other common settings. You can also share custom scenarios with friends.
Instrument Cluster Indicators
Please contact NIO immediately if any of the following indicators are not in their normal state.
Icon
Note
Auto High Beams
High beams
Autohold
Position lights
Low beams
Front fog lights
Vehicle ready
Left turn signal
Right turn signal
Rear fog lights
Icy/Snowy road
Pedestrian Warning Sound off
Brake system fault
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) on/fault
Low battery level
Speed limit reminder or Speed Limit Mode fault
Trailer connection status
Smart headlights fault
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Off
Advanced Driver Monitoring System (ADMS) fault/start self-test
No face detected by Advanced Driver Monitoring System (ADMS)
Blind Spot Detection (BSD) and Lane Change Assist (LCA) fault
Front Cross Traffic Alert (CTA-F)/Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking (RCTA-B) fault
Driver Assist fault
Speed limit fault
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion (S-APA with Fusion) fault
Lane Departure Warning And Assist (LDW) fault
Controls on Center Display
Controls on Front Center Display
After you or authorized users log in, the vehicle's center display can help you easily access rich personal resources such as music, navigation, and radio stations. You can also customize your favorite content and store it in your personal account. The personalized content saved in your account can be displayed the next time you login in to your account. You can switch different accounts freely in your vehicle, and the customized content for different accounts will be presented to you.
You can select different functions (media, navigation, etc.) on the main page of the center display. The functions are as follows:
Prompt Bar
Displays prompt messages, warning messages, warning icons, etc.
Tile Function Menu
Press and hold to switch to different function tile, such as music, weather, etc.
Main Page
To return to the main page, tap this button or five-finger pinch anywhere on the center display.
Vehicle Settings
Configure the settings for common functions.
You can also swipe right from the left edge of the center display to enter the Quick Settings page. On this page, you can access frequently used functions quickly and customize quick access functions.
Air Conditioning and Comfort Function Panel
Quickly set the air conditioning, seats, and comfort functions here.
Application Center
Select different applications, such as weather and photos.
Volume Settings
Quickly set the system and media volume.
Controls on Rear Center Display
The rear center display can control the functions of the rear seats, media, etc. The functions are as follows:
Swipe left or right horizontally, or swipe left or right from the edge of the other side to switch different vehicle functions, such as air conditioning, seat comfort, ambient lighting, fragrance, etc.
Swipe down from the top edge to enter Quick Control Center, where you can adjust screen brightness, volume, and screen saver.
Swipe up from the bottom edge to enter Media Control Center, where you can control the currently playing media.
Event Data Recorder (EDR)
This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Recorder. The Event Data Recorder is mainly used to record data from certain crashes or crash-like situations, such as airbag deployment or collision with an obstacle on the road. Such data can help understand the operation of vehicle systems.
The Event Data Recorder on this vehicle can temporarily or permanently store technical information about the vehicle status, events, and faults. This technical information usually includes the status of the following components, modules, systems, and environments:
Statuses of the vehicle and its individual components, such as the speed, acceleration, and vehicle identification number.
Functional statuses of important system components, such as seatbelt buckles.
Vehicle responses under special driving conditions, such as airbag deployment or stability control system intervention.
Data for a period of time before and after a collision, such as braking, acceleration, steering operation, time of occurrence, occupant protection device deployment and seat belt status.
Such data helps better understand how collisions and injuries occur.
Note: The vehicle speeds recorded by the Event Data Recorder are from the brake control unit.
This data is only a natural attribute for identifying and fixing faults and optimizing vehicle features. It cannot be used to reproduce movements on the road. When performing servicing related tasks such as repair and maintenance, service personnel and manufacturers can read this technical data from the memory of events and fault data with special diagnostic devices. After troubleshooting, the system deletes or continues to overwrite the information in the memory storage.
When using the vehicle, these technical parameters and other information related to the vehicle, such as accident records, vehicle damage, and evidence (which may require the intervention of a specialist), can be read through the diagnostic devices at NIO.
If the Event Data Recorder does not have enough space to record an event, the current event data will overwrite unlocked previous event data in chronological order. Locked events will not be overwritten by subsequent events.
NoteNIO在未经车主允许的情况下不会将数据记录系统的信息透露给第三方人员使用。
NIO will not disclose any information recorded in the system to a third party without your permission or consent.
System Update
Your vehicle comes with a remote upgrade system. When the vehicle is connected to the Internet, you can enter Settings from the bottom of the center display and tap
General > System Update to update the vehicle system software. and keep your vehicle system up to date. You will be notified when a software update is available. You can choose to start the update immediately or . During the update, the center display shows the time needed to complete the process (which depends on the size of the update package).
Caution车辆在充电过程中时请勿执行系统升级。
System upgrades are only available when the vehicle is logged in with the owner's account.
A system upgrade can only be started when the vehicle is in PARK (the gear selector is shifted to P) and connected to the Internet.
System upgrades will consume a certain amount of power. Before starting an upgrade, please ensure that the vehicle's battery level is above 20% and plan your travel arrangements accordingly.
If you start a system upgrade while charging, the vehicle will stop charging automatically. After the upgrade is completed, you can resume charging manually.
During a system upgrade, all of the vehicle's features except for locking/unlocking with the smart key fob will not be available. You cannot drive the vehicle during a system upgrade.
System upgrades may provide new features, changes to existing features, or changes to the way in which some features operate. Please read the release notes carefully after any upgrade to learn more about new or updated features. If you are unfamiliar with any function in a system update, please use the function with caution to avoid injury or property damage due to misuse.
If the system upgrade is unable to start or is not successful, please contact NIO immediately.
Do not modify vehicle components or change the software of the vehicle without authorization. Failure to comply may result in injury or property damage.
Resetting All Settings
When you need to sell the vehicle, you can erase all content and settings by entering Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap
General > Reset All Settings.
The following data and settings will be erased, including vehicle settings (such as settings for seats, side mirrors, and climate control), driving settings (such as ADAS and driving mode), NOMI settings, system settings (such as time and date), navigation settings, media playlists, and photos & videos.
Caution恢复出厂设置
Only the vehicle owner can reset all settings. The operation can only be performed when the vehicle is stopped.
When resetting all settings, the instrument cluster and the center display will go black and blink. Do not drive the vehicle when resetting the system. Otherwise it may cause unpredictable consequences.
After resetting, the vehicle will be restored to the inactivated state. You need to reactivate the vehicle to use it.
Resetting will erase all your settings, application data and all content, including photos and videos, stored in the vehicle. It is recommended to back up your important files before resetting. You can enter the
Album on the center display , select files you need and choose
Export to USB.
Resetting will not erase your personal data stored in the cloud, such as driving habits, frequent navigation addresses, and music playlists.
Basic Operation
Starting the Vehicle
The vehicle can get ready to drive when the following conditions are met:
The driver is seated.
Close the driver's side door or press the brake pedal.
The driver can start the vehicle in many ways such as with the smart key, NFC card, and mobile phone NFC.
If the mobile phone NFC or NFC card is used, place the mobile phone with the NFC key or NFC card on the wireless charging board, keep the mobile phone unlocked and fit it into the wireless charging board, and then try to engage the gear and start the vehicle.
Caution使用NFC启动时,请确保手机或卡片钥匙处于无线充电面板处。
When starting the vehicle via an NFC card, ensure that your phone or NFC card is placed on the wireless charging pad.
In case of a collision, the impact force is transmitted to the driver’s lower leg through the accelerator pedal, causing personal injury. Therefore, the accelerator pedal has a fracture limiter groove to protect the driver’s legs and personal safety.
In unexpected situations where a great lateral external force is applied to the vehicle, the accelerator pedal may break due to the limiter groove design.
Gear Shift
After pressing the brake pedal and toggling the gear shifter into the D or R gear, the digital instrument cluster displays
, indicating that power output is ready. After the shift, the digital instrument cluster will display the real-time gear position of the vehicle. If the shift fails, the digital instrument cluster will prompt you to confirm the current gear.
You can use the PRD gear shifter to control gear switching, including:
Drive gear (D gear): used in normal drive mode
Reverse gear (R gear): can only be engaged in the parking state
Parking gear (P gear): prevents slipping in the parking state
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Sound > Shift Prompt Tones to enable or disable the tones.
For example, the vehicle can be switched to neutral gear (N gear) in specific conditions such as while pushing the vehicle and automatic washing.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driving > Trailer/Wash Mode to enable or disable neutral gear (N gear).
Always confirm the gear on the digital instrument cluster after shifting gears. If there are any inconsistencies with the gear displayed, double confirm or shift gears again.
Caution只有在停车状态且踩下制动踏板时,才能挂入驻车挡(P挡)。
You can only shift into PARK when the vehicle is stationary and the brake pedal is pressed.
Before leaving the vehicle or stopping it on a slope, ensure that the gear is shifted into PARK. If you have not confirmed the gear on the digital instrument cluster, the vehicle may roll away.
Electrical Parking Brake (EPB)
When switching to the parking gear, the parking brake will be automatically activated, and the digital instrument cluster displays
, indicating that the Electrical Parking Brake (EPB) has been enabled.
When locked from the outside of the vehicle, the vehicle's power will be automatically turned off, and the center display and digital instrument cluster will be shut down at the same time.
You can switch the vehicle to the parking gear in the following ways.
Press the P shift button on the side of the gear selector in the center console.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap
Driving > Electrical Parking Brake (EPB), and slide the button to park.
When the digital instrument cluster displays
, it indicates that the brake system is faulty. Please drive carefully and contact the NIO Service Center for maintenance.
Drive Modes
There are five basic drive modes on the vehicle: Sport+, Sport, Comfort, Eco, and Personalization. You can change the acceleration, energy regeneration, suspension height and stiffness, steering force, and air conditioning settings using the modes.
Sport+: Under normal circumstances, this mode provides the most power with sensitive pedal response.
Sport: This mode is appropriate for daily driving, with moderate pedal response and adequate power.
Comfort: With gentle accelerator response and smooth acceleration, this mode is ideal for daily driving and riding.
Eco: The vehicle is powered by a single motor and has a moderate accelerator response.
Personalization: You can tailor the driving mode to your preferences by adjusting the acceleration, steering force, suspension height and stiffness, air conditioning, and other parameters.
Drive modes can be selected to alter the vehicle's driving characteristic, improve your driving experience, or accommodate your unique driving requirements in special cases.
Sport+
Sport
Comfort
Eco
Personalization
Acceleration
3.9s
5.9s
7.9s
9.9s
3.9s, 5.9s, 7.9s, 9.9s, 12.9s
Energy regeneration
Low
Low
Low
Standard
Standard, Low, Very Low
Suspension Height
Low
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard, Low
Suspension stiffness
Stiff
Moderate
Soft
Soft
Stiff, Moderate, Soft
Steering force
Steady
Standard
Comfort
Comfort
Steady, Standard, Comfort
Air conditioning
Standard
Standard
Standard
Eco
Standard, Eco
In Eco mode, the system will prioritize saving energy for your vehicle. Compared with other drive modes, the comfortableness of the A/C is slightly poor. If necessary, you can set a higher or lower temperature than what is set in other modes manually.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driving > Drive mode to enter the settings.
Scenario Assist
Snow Mode
The vehicle has a full-time all-wheel-drive system that distributes power evenly to the front and rear wheels and features a relatively soft throttle pedal, so as to guarantee a smooth start and to avoid slipping on slippery surfaces such as ice. This makes driving through snowy terrain secure.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driving > Snow Mode to turn this function on or off.
You can switch to any regular drive mode or tap the Snow Mode button again to exit the function.
Easy Pass Through
The Easy Pass Through function allows the vehicle to better handle complex conditions such as potholes, roadside shoulders, deep snow, etc.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driving > Easy Pass Through to turn this function on or off.
After enabling the function, the vehicle's suspension height will rise to its maximum.
When the following situations occur, Easy Pass Through will automatically exit:
The vehicle speed exceeds 30 km/h
The drive mode changes
Super Eco Mode
The power consumption of the vehicle can be reduced to attain greater range by disabling features that are not required for driving to meet the driving needs at the minimum.
In Super Eco Mode, the vehicle's top speed is constrained, driver assistance and other features are momentarily inaccessible, and comfort features like air conditioning and ambient lighting are also restricted.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driving > Super Eco Mode to turn this function on or off.
You can switch to any regular drive mode or exit the Super Eco Mode by tapping the button again.
Feature Settings
Autohold
The function of Autohold is to keep the vehicle stationary for temporary parking when the brake pedal is released.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap
Driving > How to Activate Autohold and select the corresponding method to activate Autohold.
Flooring: Step on the brake pedal until the vehicle stops, then slightly release and step on the pedal again to activate Autohold
Auto activation: Step on the brake pedal until the vehicle stops, and then Autohold will be automatically activated.
When Autohold is activated, the
icon will be displayed on the digital instrument cluster. When active, you can step on the accelerator pedal or the brake pedal to deactivate Autohold.
Caution当车辆处于后退挡(R 挡)时,自动激活的驻车方式不生效。仍需使用深踩激活的方式驻车。
The Autohold mode will not be enabled when the vehicle is in REVERSE (R gear). You still need to use Full Press Activation to park.
You can also floor the brake pedal to activate Autohold in an emergency.
You can also activate Autohold when parking on an uphill road, where the braking system will provide sufficient braking force to keep the vehicle stationary in accordance with the degree of the slope.
Caution坡度不得超过20%。
The grade of the slope shall not exceed 20%.
Emergency Braking
In the event of a brake pedal failure, you can activate Emergency Braking by pressing the Park gear button, which will produce full braking deceleration under normal circumstances to stop the vehicle.
Press and hold the Park gear button to activate Emergency Braking.
Release the Park gear button, or step on the accelerator pedal to deactivate Emergency Braking. To re-activate Emergency Braking, you will need to press the button again.
Caution只有遇到制动踏板失灵或卡滞等紧急情况,才需要激活应急制动功能。
Do not activate Emergency Braking unless in emergency situations where the brake pedal malfunctions or is stuck.
When driving in winter, or on roads with sharp curves or uneven surfaces, activating Emergency Braking may cause the vehicle to drift or slip. Please drive with caution.
Hill Start Assist
Hill Start Assist (HSA) prevents your vehicle from rolling backwards when starting uphill.
When your foot switches from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal, the pressure on the brake pedal will be maintained in the brake system for a maximum of 2 seconds. The temporary braking effect will disappear after 2 seconds or when you accelerate.
Enhanced Head-Up Display System
The enhanced head-up display system (HUD) mirrors and projects relevant information such as the vehicle speed, navigation, traffic signs, cruise signs, and Autohold through the front window glass above the digital instrument cluster.
At certain angles, sunlight may lead to tiny bright specks on the windshield when refracted and reflected by the front windshield and Heads-Up Display. These specks may disappear with changes in light angle, driving direction, slope, etc.
When driving in the same direction for a long time, you can adjust the height of the Heads-Up Display to get rid of these specks.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Display > Enhanced Head-Up Display (HUD) System to configure.
Turn on HUD
Active brightness adjustment
Height
Inclination
Once the height is set, the system will automatically memorize it.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Display > Switch Navigation Mode of HUD, and select different navigation display modes to meet different information acquisition requirements.
Auto Mode: actively switches between Detailed Mode or Indirect Mode according to road conditions
Detailed Mode: displays the driving route and current location in real time in the form of a small map
Simple Mode: provides guidance information for road navigation only
Start Reminder
After the vehicle stops by following the vehicle ahead, if the vehicle ahead drives away, Start Reminder will send you an alert.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and click
Driver Assistance > Start Reminder to turn this function on or off.
While enabled, when you manually stop the vehicle as the vehicle ahead stops, and do not follow as the vehicle ahead drives away, Start Reminder will send you an alert.
Lead Vehicle Start Alert serves as a reference only and cannot substitute your visual observation. You must always pay attention to the traffic conditions and road conditions, and drive at an appropriate and safe speed in compliance with applcable traffic laws and regulations.
Digital Video Recorder (DVR)
It can be used to record videos during driving and also provide evidence for traffic accidents.
The Digital Video Recorder (DVR) function includes cyclic video recording, emergency video recording and quick video recording.
Caution停车下电后,行车记录仪不再工作。
The Digital Video Recorder does not work when the vehicle is parked and powered off.
Cyclic Video Recording
The Digital Video Recorder (DVR) includes the main view angle and the left and right surround view angles, supporting simultaneous recording and real-time previews. The video player supports the zooming function, which can play while zooming in. It also supports screenshots, which can be saved in the photo album, and the photos can be uploaded to the cloud and shared to the mobile phone.
Main view angle: only records the main view angle of the camera, which supports a maximum resolution of 3840x1696 and has a picture fluency of 30 frames per second.
Five view angles: records all view angles of the camera, with four surround view cameras that support a maximum resolution of 1280×1000 and have a picture fluency of 30 frames per second.
The longest continuous cyclic recording time for the main view angle of Digital Video Recorder (DVR) is about 10 hours, and 5.7 hours for the five view angles. When the corresponding time is exceeded, the original video file will be overwritten.
The contents of the cyclic video recording will be stored in the
Photos > Cyclic Videofolder. If you want to save a specific video file, insert a storage device such as a USB flash drive, select the file, and transfer it to save it in the device.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Safety > Digital Video Recorder (DVR) to enable or disable this function.
When the function is enabled,
will be displayed at the top of the center display.
When recording begins,
will be displayed at the top of the center display.
When the function is disabled,
will be displayed at the top of the center display.
The Digital Video Recorder (DVR) supports sound recording and watermarking functions, which are disabled by default and need to be enabled manually.
In the Settings for the recording page of the Digital Video Recorder (DVR), Tap
Sound Recordingto enable or disable the function.
In the Settings for the recording page of the Digital Video Recorder (DVR), Tap
Traffic Data Watermarkingto enable or disable the function.
When the sound recording function is enabled,
will be displayed at the top of the center display, and the Digital Video Recorder (DVR) can record sound.
When the Traffic Data Watermarking function is enabled, in addition to time watermarking, the video will add the watermarking of traffic data such as vehicle speeds, gears and turn lights to help judge the circumstances of an accident.
Emergency Video Recording
The emergency video recording function can record video images in the vehicle's memory. If the Autonomous Emergency Braking is triggered or the airbag is detonated, the emergency video will be recorded and saved.
The emergency videos include videos recorded 30 seconds before the emergency and 60 seconds after the emergency. The emergency video recordings will be stored in the
Photos - Emergency Videofolder.
Quick Video Recording
The quick video recording function covers most manually triggered scenarios, such as a violation of regulations, deliberate provocations, fun, etc., which can be saved in time, recorded conveniently and found quickly.
Go to the Quick Settings page by swiping right on the home page of the center display, tap
Quick Video Recording to start recording.
You can also press and hold the Middle button on the right side of the steering wheel to customize it as the "Quick Video Recording" function. After saving the Settings, press and hold the Middle button on the right side of the steering wheel to trigger Quick Video Recording.
The quick video recording saves videos recorded 30 seconds before and 60 seconds after it is triggered. The quick video recording recordings will be stored in the
Photos - Emergency Videofolder.
Parking Camera and Parking Assist
Parking Assist monitors the surrounding conditions of vehicles at low speeds through ultrasonic sensors to help you drive safely.
During parking, your vehicle will warn you with warning tones and images according to the distance between obstacles and the front or rear of the vehicle.
Parking Assist serves as a reference only, and cannot substitute your visual observation.
As a driving assist feature, Parking Assist cannot handle all situations in all traffic, weather and road conditions. You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and make your own decision on whether to use Parking Assist only after your safety is ensured.
It is always your responsibility to ensure that the vehicle is driven in a safe manner and complies with applicable traffic laws and regulations.
Enable/disable the Parking Camera
You can enable the parking camera in the following ways:
Swipe right from the main page of the central display to enter the shortcut settings page, and click
360 surround view to open the 360° panoramic camera.
Enter the application centre from the central display and click
Parking to open the memory view (360° panoramic camera or dual view camera).
Engage the vehicle in R gear and open the memory view (360° panoramic camera or dual view camera).
Press and hold the middle button on the right side of the steering wheel, set the custom function to
360 surround view, and then open the 360° panoramic camera.
Wake up NOMI, enable
Parkingwith your voice, and open the 360° panoramic camera.
You can click on the upper right side of the parking camera page and select to turn off the warning tone. At the same time, you should bear all the risks caused by turning off the warning tone.
Under the following circumstances, the ultrasonic sensor is limited, and information such as "UPA sensor front failure", "UPA sensor rear failure", and "UPA sensor system failure" may appear. Which include but are not limited to:
One or more ultrasonic sensors are damaged, misaligned, or obstructed (such as by mud, ice, snow, or vehicle cover).
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, and haze affects the performance of the ultrasonic sensor.
The sensor is affected by other electrical equipment or devices that can cause interference.
CautionIn some situations, the ultrasonic sensor may give false alarms due to its characteristics. This will disappear as road conditions change and will not affect the normal driving of your vehicle.
In some situations, the ultrasonic sensor may give false alarms due to its characteristics. This will disappear as road conditions change and will not affect the normal driving of your vehicle. Which include but are not limited to:
Rough asphalt, cement or cobble pavement, waterlogged roads and other types of uneven pavement.
Induction coils and other items embedded in the road.
Interference caused by large vehicles, construction machinery and other equipment nearby.
Ultrasonic sensor detection may be restricted for certain obstacles, including obstacles that are low or narrow, or which come from the top or side of the vehicle. In these cases, you should always pay attention to your surroundings. Failure to do so may result in property damage or personal injury. These obstacles include but are not limited to:
Pedestrians, children, and animals
Open parking locks, low stone blocks, low cylinders, thin rods, pointed objects, potholes, etc.
Height restriction barriers, height bars, or suspended structures
Obstacles on the side of the vehicle’s body that may cause a collision or scratches
Bicycles, corners of walls and square columns in parking lots, etc.
Parking camera page
The parking camera consists of two pages: 360° panoramic camera and dual view camera. Click the button on the upper left side of the 360° panoramic camera to switch the pages.
Button
Function
Switch to the dual view camera.
Switch to the 360° panoramic camera.
Parking camera view
After opening the dual view camera page, you can switch to the front view and rear view by switching between the drive gear (D gear) and the reverse gear (R gear), or click the 3D view, front view, rear view, left and right hub view, front hub view and rear hub view in the lower left area of the central display page to switch between different views.
When using the 3D view, you can adjust the viewing angle by swiping with one finger, adjust the viewing distance by zooming in with two fingers and adjust the viewing height by swiping up and down with two fingers.
When the center display shows the left/right wheel view, front wheel view, or rear wheel view, the parking view will not change when you shift gears.
Adjusting the Brightness of the Parking Camera
Auto Adjustment
Click "Quick Control" in the parking camera interface to find "Brightness Adjustment", then select "Auto". The brightness of the central display can be automatically adjusted along with the brightness of the environment.
Manual Adjustment
Click "Quick Control" in the parking camera interface to find "Brightness Adjustment", then slide the brightness adjustment slider to manually adjust the brightness of the central display. Before manually adjusting the brightness of the central display, please ensure that the "Auto" switch is OFF.
Dynamic transparent chassis
Dynamic transparent chassis refers to a transparent effect that can be presented, via technical processing, on the road images collected by the camera in advance when the vehicle is moving, and transmitted to the central display of the vehicle so that the road conditions can be seen in the vehicle.
You can enable this function on the Settings page of the parking camera. After the dynamic transparent chassis is enabled, the transparency of the model during driving can be customized, which includes four options: "opaque", "low", "medium" and "high".
The Dynamic Transparent Chassis cannot detect possible environmental changes under the chassis when the vehicle is stationary. Please drive with caution and always pay attention to your surroundings to avoid damage to the vehicle.
Blind area around the vehicle model
Due to the relative relationship between the camera installation position and the body, there is a blind area of about 30cm around the vehicle in the 360° panoramic camera page. Please pay attention to the actual situation around your vehicle when parking.
The blind spot indication shown in the surround view image serves as a reference only, and cannot substitute your visual observation.
You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and park the vehicle only after your safety is ensured.
Due to the existence of blind spots, some low objects close to the vehicle may not be fully displayed. Please pay attention and drive carefully.
Seat Belts
Seat Belt Instructions
Seat belts are the primary passenger safety protection system which can protect passengers from serious injury in the event of an accident especially when used with airbags.
There are pretensioning devices for both the front and rear seats of the vehicle (double pre-tensioners for the front seats). This kind of device provides a certain pretension force for the seat belt in the event of a serious collision. They retract part of the seat belt quickly to protect passengers reliably. At the same time, they prevent excessive restraint force of the seat belt that could cause injury to passengers.
Warning不系安全带或未正确佩戴安全带可能带来严重的人员伤亡,请务必正确佩戴安全带。
Seat belts should be worn correctly by all occupants at all times. Failure to do so may result in severe injury or death.
Do not unbuckle the seat belt when driving. Doing so can increase the risk of severe injury if a collision occurs.
Avoid contaminating the seat belt or obstructing the belt latch. Failure to do so can impair the functionality of the seat belt.
Check the condition of your seat belt carefully before use to ensure that no components show any sign of wear, aging, or damage. If any damage is found, do not continue to use the seat belt and replace it immediately.
Do not attempt to repair a damaged seat belt yourself. Do not remove or install seat belts in any way.
Never secure more than one person with a single seat belt. It is dangerous to put a seat belt around a child being carried on an occupant’s lap. Doing so can cause further injury to the child if a collision occurs.
Seat belts that have been stretched and deformed during an accident must be replaced immediately, even if there is no visible damage.
Seat belt pretensioners that have been activated during an accident must be replaced immediately. Even if they are not activated in certain accidents, it is suggested to drive to NIO for inspection or even replacement if necessary.
Do not drive with the backrest reclined to an extreme degree. Doing so can impair the protective function of the seat belt.
Seat Belt Unfastened Warning Light
All seats in your vehicle are equipped with seat belts. When you, as a driver, are seated in the driver seat (and the driver's door is closed or the brake pedal is depressed) or your vehicle is driving, if the front passenger does not fasten his/her seat belt, the Seat Belt Unfastened Warning Light
on the digital instrument cluster will illuminate to remind you and the passenger on the front passenger side to fasten his/her seat belt immediately. If your vehicle speed is higher than 22 km/h and his/her seat belt is still not fastened, the Seat Belt Unfastened Warning Light will flash and the warning chime will sound. After his/her seat belt is fastened, the warning light and warning chime will disappear. If the seat belt remains unfastened, the warning chime will stop after 100 seconds, but the warning light will always be on.
When you, as a driver, are seated in the driver seat (and the driver door is closed or the brake pedal is depressed), if a rear row passenger does not fasten his/her seat belt, the Seat Belt Unfastened Warning Light
on the digital instrument will illuminate to remind the rear row passenger to fasten his/her seat belt immediately. The warning light will go out after the seat belt is fastened.
When a rear row seat belt is not fastened:
If a rear row seat belt is not fastened when the vehicle is driving, the warning light will go out automatically after being on for 33 seconds.
If your vehicle speed is higher than 22 km/h and a rear row passenger releases his/her seat belt, the warning chime will sound briefly at the same time when the Seat Belt Unfastened Warning Light illuminates. This warning light will go out after all seat belts are fastened.
If the rear row passenger has not fastened his/her seat belt, the warning light will go out automatically after 33 seconds.
Warning若安全带未系报警功能异常,请勿使用相关座椅,并请立即联系服务中心检查安全带功能。
If the seat belt reminder malfunctions, do not use the seat and contact NIO immediately for inspection.
Use of Seat Belts
The correct use of seat belt is as follows:
Pull the seat belt tongue across the front of your body. The upper part of the seat belt should be across your shoulder, and the lower part of the seat belt shall be across your hip. Do not put the seat belt across your neck or abdomen. Insert the tongue into the buckle for the same seat until you hear a click. Pull the seat belt to confirm that the seat belt is locked.
Press and hold the seat belt height adjustment button and move the seat belt up and down to adjust the seat belt height. After the seat belt reaches a comfortable height, release the adjustment button. After the height is adjusted, pull the seat belt shoulder part to confirm that the seat belt is locked.
To release the seat belt, press the red button at the buckle, and the tongue will pop out. Now the seat belt can be retracted by hand. The tongue can be rolled back automatically into the upper fixing device of the seat belt.
Ensure that the backrest and head restraint are positioned correctly before wearing a seat belt, so that the seat belt can protect the occupant to the fullest extent possible.
A seat belt that is either too loose or too tight can cause injury if a collision occurs.
For a pregnant occupant, the seat belt must rest evenly across the chest and as low and flat as possible across the hips. Failure to do so can cause severe injury to both the unborn fetus and the mother if the seat belt tightens in the event of an accident.
Airbag
Airbag Instructions
Airbags are a supplementary restraint system that works with the seat belts. Airbags quickly deploy in serious accidents to protect the head and chest of passengers and reduce the severity of injury. However, they do not prevent limb injuries or scrapes and bruises. Therefore, the airbags should be used together with the seat belt to provide maximum protection.
Your vehicle is equipped with collision sensors. In case of a frontal or side collision that meets the conditions (depending on the type, angle and object of collision) for the airbag system to deploy, the airbags will deploy from their position. The gas generator inside the airbag will ignite and release gas at high pressure to blow open the cover of the airbag. Gas will fill the airbag to form a buffer protection layer that protects passengers, thereby reducing the risk of injury or death.
The vehicle airbag system includes frontal airbags and side airbags. The word “AIRBAG” is marked on the places where the airbag is placed to remind you that there is an airbag herein.
The front airbags include the front row head airbags, which are located in the trim cover of the steering wheel and at the ceiling of the front passenger side;
The side airbags include the front row side airbags (located on both sides of the driver's seat and the outside of the front passenger seat) and the curtain airbags (located above the doors on both sides, in the ceiling area from the A pillar to the C pillar).
Airbags are a supplementary restraint system and cannot replace seat belts. The airbag can only maximize your safety when used in conjunction with the seat belt. Thus, all occupants should always correctly wear their seat belt and sit in the correct position.
The driver should sit at least 25 cm away from the steering wheel, since the airbag may injure the driver when deployed with great force.
Children must not sit in the front passenger seat if the front passenger airbag is enabled. In the case of an accident, the impact of the airbag when deployed may cause severe injury to children.
Do not place any objects on the front passenger seat. These objects will enter the deployment area and be ejected if the airbag deploys in the event of emergency braking, which may injure occupants.
The airbag system can only provide protection once. If the airbag has been deployed, you must have it replaced; during certain accidents, the airbag may not deploy. However, to ensure that the airbag system works properly, please contact NIO immediately for inspection or replacement if necessary.
If any damage or fractures are found on the airbag cover, do not use the vehicle and contact NIO immediately.
If the airbag system has never been deployed for a period of ten years from its production date, please visit NIO to have it replaced; a record of the airbag system’s replacement needs to be kept and given to the new owner when the vehicle’s ownership is transferred.
Installing or removing airbag system components, including airbag labels, is prohibited.
Smoke and fine powder may be produced when the airbag deploys. Even if the fine powder is nontoxic, it may still make occupants feel uncomfortable.
When using seat covers, avoid the area around the side airbags for the front seats. Doing so may impair the protective function of the side airbags.
Do not place any objects in the deployment area of the curtain airbags (including pillars, headliner or handles). Occupants should not lean against the doors. Doing so may result in injury if a curtain airbag deploys.
Do not place any hard objects (including clothes hangers, fruits, or glass bottles) on the garment hooks in the vehicle. Doing so may result in injury if a curtain airbag deploys.
Never place your feet, knees or other body parts on or near the airbag covers. Do not place or hang any objects on or near the airbag covers. Doing so may impair the functionality of the airbags and may result in injury if an airbag deploys.
Never install any electronic devices (such as ETC) on the front windshield on the passenger side. Doing so may result in injury if the front passenger airbag deploys.
Never place, hang or install any objects on or near the instrument panel on the passenger side. Doing so may result in injury if an airbag deploys.
Never modify the headliner of the vehicle. Doing so may impair the functionality of the front passenger airbag and curtain airbag, and result in injury if they deploy.
Never place or hang any heavy or sharp-edged objects on the front passenger sun visor. Doing so may result in injury if the front passenger airbag deploys.
The smoke and dust generated during the rapid airbag deployment may cause skin or eye irritation/scalds/burns, and the airbag fibers may cause skin scratches or burns.
Airbag Deployment Conditions
The airbag may deploy in the following conditions:
High speed frontal impact with a wall or vehicle.
Impact with hard roadbed.
Falling into a deep ditch.
Side impact by a vehicle traveling at a high speed.
Leaving the road surface and then impacting it violently.
The airbag may not deploy in the following conditions. Please use the seat belt correctly to protect passengers:
Impact with a tree, column or other slender objects.
Rear collision from a vehicle behind.
Lateral roll.
Collision with or getting stuck under the rear of the truck in front.
A collision with a vehicle from the side at the nose of the vehicle.
A collision with a wall from the side at the nose of the vehicle.
Side collision with a post.
Side collision at the front of the vehicle at a certain angle.
Side collision on the body of the vehicle at a certain angle.
Partial side collision.
Airbag Warning Light
The airbag warning light
indicating the airbag status is displayed on the digital instrument cluster. If this warning light is on after the digital instrument cluster is started, please stop using your vehicle and contact the NIO Service Center immediately.
Deactivation of Front Airbag
Because the airbag expands rapidly and has a large impact force when it deploys, it is safer for the front passenger to stay at least 25 cm away from the front airbag. However, if a child or a passenger with special medical needs must ride in the front row, go to the Settings page in the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap
Driving > Front Passenger Airbag, and select the option to turn off the front passenger airbag. At this time, the icon
appears at the top of the center display to remind you that the front airbag has been disabled to prevent the front airbag from causing serious injury to the special front passenger.
Safety Measures after Airbag Deployment
When the vehicle has a collision and the airbags deploy, the vehicle will automatically implement some safety measures to protect the occupants in the vehicle:
Unlock all doors to ensure that passengers in the vehicle or rescue personnel can open the doors.
Turn on the hazard warning light to show the vehicle position and warn vehicles coming from behind.
Cut off the high voltage power supply to protect occupants.
Open the windows to prevent occupants from being trapped if the vehicle falls into water.
Turn off the steering wheel and seat memory functions to avoid being adjusted to a position where the driver is trapped.
Turn on the interior reading lights in the vehicle to facilitate rescue at night.
Child Protection Locks
Child protection locks are turned off by default and need to be set before turned on. Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap
Doors & Windows to see the settings related to child protection locks.
Manually Turning On/Off Child Protection Locks
Tap
Child Protection Locks - Rear Doors/Windows, which will be highlighted if the feature is on. Tap again to turn it off.
Failure to turn on or off the child protection lock of the corresponding door/window will result in a pop-up window appearing on the center display. Repeat the operation again until success.
Caution儿童锁开启时,请勿单独将儿童留在车内,以免造成意外伤害。
When Child Protection Locks are on, please do not leave children unattended in the vehicle. Doing so may result in injury or death.
After turning on Child Protection Locks, please check their status again.
Child Safety Seat
When a child under 12 years old or with a height less than 1.5 meters rides in your vehicle, always install a child safety seat or booster cushion. Please have the child sit in the child safety seat or booster cushion instead of holding him or letting him sit on an adult's lap to fully protect the child.
Only child safety seats that are approved for children and comply with relevant regulations or standards are allowed to be used. Check the markings on the child safety seat when selecting a child safety seat. When installing and using a child safety seat, follow the relevant laws and regulations, the instructions of the child safety seat manufacturer and the instructions on the safety of children in this user manual.
Important Instructions for Using Child Safety Seats
Proper use of child safety seats will greatly reduce the risk of injury to children and reduce the severity of injury in accidents. Please be aware of the following when using child safety seats:
We advise not to install a child safety seat in the middle seat of the rear row.
When installing a seat belt type child safety seat in the front passenger seat, adjust the seat to its highest position.
Children must use child safety seats, maintain a correct posture and have their seat belts fastened during their ride.
Never let your child ride without protection.
One child safety seat cannot be shared by more than one child.
Do not ride with a child in your arms.
Hard or sharp objects may injure a child in an accident. Keep them away from the child safety seat.
If a rearward-facing child safety seat is installed in the rear seat of your vehicle, it is necessary to adjust the corresponding front seat forward as appropriate. If a forward-facing child safety seat is installed on the rear seat of your vehicle, it may be necessary to adjust the height of the seat headrest.
Children need to be supervised by adults when sitting in child safety seats. Never leave children alone in your vehicle.
Do not let children stand in your vehicle or kneel on the seat during driving. A standing or kneeling child could be thrown forward during an accident, which may lead to injury or death to the child or another passenger.
The instructions of the child safety seat manufacturer on the correct use of the seat belt must be observed. Proper fastening of seat belts can make full use of the protection afforded by the child safety seat.
In case of collision or emergency braking, a child safety seat that is not properly installed and fixed in place could move and injure other passengers in your vehicle. Therefore, even when the child safety seat is not in use, it must also be properly installed and secured in your vehicle.
When a child is riding in the child safety seat, do not let him lean his head or body against the door, the side of the seat or the pillar, or below the roof beam. In case of an accident, side airbags or curtain airbags will deploy in those areas, increasing the risk of injury to the child.
Child Safety Seat Grouping
Only a child safety seat that is approved and suitable for the child is allowed to be used. Children taller than 1.5 meters can use the vehicle seat belts as would an adult. If a child safety seat needs to be used, it must comply with relevant regulations or standards.
Table 1. CRS Table
Weight groups allowed*
0, 0+, I, II, III
0, 0+, I, II, III
0, 0+, I, II, III
0, 0+, I, II, III
0, 0+, I, II, III
Seat position
Driver
1
st row passenger
2
nd row left
2
nd row middle
2
nd row right
Passenger Airbag OFF
Passenger Airbag ON
Seating position suitable for universal belts (yes/no)
N/A
Yes
(*a)
No
Yes
Yes
(*b)
Yes
i-Size seating position (yes/no)
N/A
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
Seating position suitable for lateral fixture (L1/L2)*
N/A
No
No
No
No
No
Largest suitable rearward-facing fixture (R1/R2X/R2/R3)*
N/A
No
No
R1/R2X/R2/R3
No
R1/R2X/R2/R3
Largest suitable forward-facing fixture (F1/F2X/F2/F3)*
N/A
No
No
F2X/F2/F3
No
F2X/F2/F3
Largest suitable booster cushion fixture (B2/B3)*
N/A
No
No
B2/B3
No
B2/B3
Suitable for support leg
N/A
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Note:
*The weight group and child seat category are defined according to ECE R16 and R44, you can find the category of child seat on it’s specification. The child restraint system must be appropriate to the age, weight and size of the child.
(a) If it is absolutely necessary for you to install a child seat to the front passenger seat, be sure to turn passenger airbag off. Adjust front passenger seat to highest position before installing universal CRS on it. Adjust or remove headrest if it blocks the adjustment of CRS.
(b) It is forbidden to install a child seat with a support base or with a support leg on the middle seat of the 2
nd row.
Table 2. Recommended Child Restraints by NIO
Group
Manufacturer
Model
Attachment
0 & 0+
Besafe
iZi Kid X3 i-Size
ISOFIX mounted with support leg, rearward facing.
Up to 13 kg
I
9-18 kg
II
Cybex
Solution Z i-Fix
ISOFIX with seatbelt, forward facing.
15-25 kg
III
Graco
Booster Basic
with seatbelt, forward facing
22-36 kg
NIO recommend to put your kids in corresponding CRS on the 2
nd row outer seating position, and CRS should be mounted to vehicle with ISOFIX, support leg or seatbelt. In order to have the best protection for your younger kids, please use recommended rearward-facing CRS for kids under 18kg.
Q6 recommended CRS: Cybex Solution Z i-Fix
Q10 recommended CRS: Graco Booster Basic
Selection of Child Safety Seat
There is a warning label for the front row airbag on the sun visor on the front passenger side.
To place a child safety seat in the front row seat, you need to disable the front row airbag. Go to the Settings page in the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap
Driving > Front Passenger Airbag, and turn off the front passenger airbag. After doing so, the icon
appears at the top of the center display to remind you that the front row airbag is disabled.
Children should use a child safety seat or seat belt in either outer rear seat according to the age, height and weight of the child:
Reclining child safety seats should be used for infants whose weight less than 13 kg. They should be installed rearwards in rear seats whenever possible.
Child safety seats with safety platforms or five-point seat belts should be used for children with a weight of 9-18 kg. It is recommended to install them rearwards in rear seats.
Forward-facing child safety seats should be used for children with a weight of 15-25 kg. They should be installed in rear seats in coordination with seat belts.
Child booster cushions should be used for children with a weight of 22-36 kg and a height less than 1.5 meters. They should be installed in rear seats in coordination with seat belts.
The upper belt must lay flat across the shoulder and chest, and never lay across the neck; the lower belt must lay flat across the pelvis, and never lay across the abdomen.
Installation of Child Safety Seat
Before installing a child safety seat, please read the instructions for the child safety seat carefully to confirm that it can be installed in your vehicle. If the vehicle seat belt or ISOFIX connection can be used to fix the child safety seat according to the installation method of the child safety seat, it is recommended to use the ISOFIX connection preferentially.
Securing with Vehicle Seat Belt
Install the child safety seat in the rear seat, put the vehicle seat belt through the child safety seat and insert the tongue into the buckle. Make sure that the seat belt is straight, not twisted. Pull the seat belt to confirm that it cannot be pulled out.
Securing with ISOFIX Connection
Both outer rear seats in your vehicle are equipped with ISOFIX connections suitable for installing child safety seats. The ISOFIX connection is hidden under the cover with markings. After opening the cover, insert it into the gap between the seat backrest and the cushion, and then use the ISOFIX connection to install the child safety seat.
Lift the cover with ISOFIX sign, and insert the lower part of the child safety seat into the hook in the seat connection until you hear a click.
Pass the upper fixing belt of the child safety seat under the seat headrest and connect it with the hook in the safety device at the back of the rear seat.
Pull the child safety seat hard to check whether it is firmly installed.
The ISOFIX attachment points are designed solely for child safety seats with the ISOFIX system. To avoid injury, never secure other objects to ISOFIX.
Always follow the child safety seat manufacturer’s instructions and this manual when installing and removing a child safety seat. Improper usage can result in injury to your child or other passengers.
Multi Collision Braking (MCB)
Multi Collision Braking (MCB) comes standard on EL7. In certain types of collisions, the vehicle applies brakes to help prevent or mitigate a secondary collision. To help avoid or mitigate a secondary collision, the brakes are applied automatically to help brake the vehicle to stop. The brake lights and hazard warning lights will be activated and the latter will remain on after the vehicle has come to a standstill. The electrical parking brake will then be applied automatically.
In a situation where stopping the vehicle may not be desirable, you can override this operation by pressing the accelerator pedal.
This feature can only function when the braking system is sufficiently intact after the collision.
Pet Mode
When the vehicle is put in Park, go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Comfortable Environment > Pet Mode to turn on the pet mode. You can keep your pets in your vehicle for a while when necessary. After you lock your vehicle and leave, your vehicle will maintain an appropriate temperature to ensure the safety of your pets and vehicle. You can manually turn off the Pet Mode on the center display or in your mobile app when necessary.
After you set the Pet Mode to ON, when you successfully lock your vehicle, the air conditioning air volume, the ventilation mode and the internal and external circulation will enter automatic mode (the temperature in your vehicle is 22 ℃ by default and can be manually set). The center display will display the cabin temperature and a prompt stating that pets have been intentionally left in the vehicle. The brightness of the instrument panel display
and HUD display will be adjusted to the minimum, and the brightness of the center display will be adjusted to 50%. At this time, the NOMI voice wake-up function will be disabled, the window adjustment button will not be available, and the Child-Protection Lock will be activated for the rear doors and windows to ensure the safety of your pets and vehicle.
The Pet Mode is disabled by default before each drive, and once enabled, it can maintain the previous state even if the account is switched.
Caution宠物模式
The Pet Mode is designed only for keeping pets in the vehicle temporarily. Do not leave children alone in the vehicle.
The Pet Mode cannot be turned on along with the Keep Powered On Mode or Camp Mode.
When the Pet Mode is turned on, the Guardian Mode and Remote Live View are temporarily unavailable. After the Pet Mode is turned off and the vehicle is locked, the Guardian Mode and Remote Live View are available again.
When the Pet Mode is turned on, system upgrade or shifting is forbidden.
The Pet Mode can only be turned on when the vehicle is in PARK and all doors are closed, but not in the Trailer/Wash Mode.
When the Pet Mode is turned on, the NIO app will notify you that your pet is in the vehicle every two hours. You will be notified through a message when the remaining range is less than 60 km and the vehicle is not charging. When the remaining range is less than 10 km, the Pet Mode will be automatically exited, and windows will be set to the Ajar position to keep the pet safe.
When an exception occurs in the high voltage or climate control system, the Pet Mode will be automatically exited, and windows will be set to the Ajar position to keep the pet safe.
Powered On Walk-away Mode
When the vehicle is put in Park, go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Comfortable Environment > Powered On Walk-away Mode to turn on walk-away hold mode. When you need to leave the vehicle temporarily (such as when buying coffee or breakfast, etc.), you can keep the cabin in a comfortable state so that you can have a comfortable ride when you come back. You can manually turn off the Powered On Walk-away Mode on the center display or in the when needed.
When the Powered On Walk-away Mode is set, after you have locked up the vehicle, the air conditioning settings, seat heating, seat ventilation, seat massage and wiper status will all remain unchanged when you leave the vehicle. You can set up the duration for the Powered On Walk-away Mode and lighting. While the vehicle is in this mode, NOMI voice wake-up is disabled. After reaching the set duration time, it will be automatically disabled.
The Powered On Walk-away Mode is disabled by default before each drive, and once enabled, it can maintain the previous state even if the account is switched.
Caution离车不下电模式
The Keep Powered On Mode is designed to maintain a comfortable climate in the vehicle when passengers leave the vehicle temporarily. Do not leave children or pets alone in the vehicle.
The Keep Powered On Mode cannot be turned on along with the Pet Mode or Camp Mode.
When the Keep Powered On Mode is turned on, the Guardian Mode and Remote Live View are temporarily unavailable. After the Keep Powered On Mode is turned off and the vehicle is locked, the Guardian Mode and Remote Live View are available again.
The Keep Powered On Mode can only be turned on when the vehicle is in PARK, but not in the Trailer/Wash Mode.
When the Keep Powered On Mode is turned on, system upgrade or shifting is forbidden.
You will be notified through a message when the remaining range is less than 60 km and the vehicle is not charging. When the remaining range is less than 10 km, the Keep Powered On Mode will be automatically exited.
When an exception occurs in the high voltage or climate control system, the Keep Powered On Mode will be automatically exited.
Camping Mode
When the vehicle is put in Park, go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Comfortable Environment > Camping Mode to turn on Camping Mode. When you need to use the interior power supply for a long time (e.g. when camping outdoors), a safe and comfortable camping experience will be achieved. You can manually turn off the Camping Mode on the center display or in the mobile app when needed.
Set the Camping Mode to be on, the air conditioning to be on, the front and rear row temperature to be 25℃ by default, turn on the air circulation, adjust the air purification to Silent mode, at the same time, close all screens inside the car according to the screen off delay time you set, and the interior lights and doors/windows can be adjusted according to the setting options. The NOMI voice wake-up function is disabled in this case.
The Camping Mode is disabled by default before each drive, and once enabled, it can maintain the previous state even if the account is switched.
Caution露营模式
The Camp Mode cannot be turned on along with the Pet Mode or Keep Powered On Mode.
The Camp Mode can only be turned on when the vehicle is in PARK, but not in the Trailer/Wash Mode.
When the Camp Mode is turned on, the Guardian Mode and Remote Live View are temporarily unavailable. After the Camp Mode is turned off and the vehicle is locked, the Guardian Mode and Remote Live View are available again.
When the Camp Mode is turned on, system upgrade or shifting is forbidden. Walk Up Unlock and Walk-Away Lock are disabled temporarily and will be enabled again when the Camp Mode is exited. It is recommended to enable climate control to keep air circulation in this mode.
You will be notified through a message when the remaining range is less than 60 km and the vehicle is not charging. When the remaining range is less than 10 km, the Camp Mode will be automatically exited, and windows will be set to the Ajar position.
When the Camp Mode is turned on and the vehicle is locked from inside, if someone opens the door and leaves the vehicle, the center display will be lit up, and persons still in the vehicle will be notified that the vehicle is unlocked.
When an exception occurs in the high voltage or climate control system, the Camp Mode will be automatically exited, and windows will be set to the Ajar position.
Child Presence Detection (CPD)
As an auxiliary function for the safety of children, Child Presence Detection (CPD) can effectively remind users when children are left alone in the vehicle, and take corresponding early warning measures such as turning on the air conditioner, so as to protect the safety of the children to a certain extent and reduce the likelihood of incidents caused by users forgetting their children.
The camera and other sensors in the vehicle will detect the children after the user locks the vehicle. If the child is left alone in the vehicle, it will remind the user by means of double flashing lights, warning sound and mobile app messages, and upgrade the reminder if the user does not respond for a long time, and provide emergency assistance such as phone notifications if necessary.
You can enable/disable this function in
Settings > Safety > Child Presence Detection (CPD). When this function is enabled, in the event of a hardware failure (including in-vehicle camera, radar or air conditioning, etc.), the status icon
will be displayed at the top of the center display, and corresponding prompts will be displayed when the icon is tapped; In the event that the camera is covered and other conditions, the status icon
will be displayed at the top of the center display, and corresponding prompts will be displayed when the icon is tapped.
CautionChild Presence Detection (CPD)
As an auxiliary safety function, Child Presence Detection (CPD) is mainly used for detecting and reminding you that children have been left behind in the rear row. Since there is a possibility that it will fail to detect or mis-detect the presence of children, it cannot be solely used for child protection. It is not recommended that you leave children alone in your vehicle.
Please return to the vehicle as soon as possible to take care of the children after receiving notifications via SMS or the mobile app, so as to make sure that the children are safe in the vehicle.
Forward Collision Warning (FCW)
If the system judges that there is a potential collision risk with the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist ahead, the Forward Collision Warning (FCW) will alert you with visual, auditory and tactile alarms.
For vehicles, pedestrians or cyclists in front of you that are heading in the same direction, the Forward Collision Warning (FCW) system operates at speeds no less than about 4 km/h.
WarningThe forward collision warning is for reference only and cannot replace your attention and judgment.
The forward collision warning is for reference only and cannot replace your attention and judgment.
The forward collision warning is only applicable to the prevention of frontal collisions, and will not work when the vehicle is in reverse gear.
As a driver assistance function, the forward collision warning can neither respond to all traffic, weather or road conditions, nor detect vehicles in all cases. It may become ineffective, inappropriate or untimely due to a number of factors.
You must always pay attention to the traffic conditions and road environment. Do not rely on the judgment of the forward collision warning. Otherwise, personal or vehicle damage may occur.
For safety reasons, do not intentionally drive towards vehicles to test the forward collision warning function. When danger is found, do not wait for the forward collision warning to trigger before taking action.
If the risk of a collision further increases, Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) will intervene regardless of whether the driver applies the brake or not.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for safe driving and shall abide by the current traffic laws and regulations.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driver Assistance > Forward Collision Warning (FCW) to enable or disable this function.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driver Assistance > Warning Timing to set the warning timing for this function.
Dynamic environment simulation displays image warnings when the Forward Collision Warning is triggered.
When the Forward Collision Warning is triggered, the vehicle will sound an auditory alarm reminding you to keep your distance from the vehicle ahead.
When Forward Collision Warning is disabled, your vehicle will not warn you of a possible collision. It is not suggested to turn it off.
This feature will be turned on when the vehicle’s system restarts.
Precautions and Restrictions
The following situations may lead to a camera recognition disorder and prevent the Forward Collision Warning from operating as expected, which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of camera
Blocked or dirty camera
Reduced recognition capability due to dim surrounding environments, such as at dawn, dusk, night, or in a tunnel, etc.
Sudden changes in ambient brightness, such as tunnel entrances or exits
Large shadows cast by buildings, landscapes or large vehicles
When the camera is slanted by the sun or exposed to direct sunlight
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead that falls onto your vehicle
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, wiper, ice, snow, etc. on the windshield in front of the camera
Wet roads
The camera is out of focus or faulty
The following situations may lead to a LiDAR recognition disorder and prevent the Forward Collision Warning from operating as expected, which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of LiDAR
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead
Driving on wet or waterlogged roads
Water, dust, transparent vehicle coverings, color-changing film, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, ice, snowfall and other obstructions on the LiDAR window
Overheating of the LiDAR caused by prolonged sun exposure
Due to the limitations of LiDAR characteristics, in rare special cases, false alarms may occur for traffic signs and high-speed anti-collision barrels in high-speed and elevated sections of road
Forward Collision Warning will only respond to vehicles that satisfy the conditions in the same direction. Some targets below will not trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
This feature cannot ensure that all special-shaped vehicles can be identified in all conditions. You need to pay extra attention, especially at night. Special-shaped vehicles may include tricycles, vehicles with a damaged taillight, unclear rear contour, or obstructed rear body, irregular-shaped vehicles, vehicles with a rear body lower than a certain height, or unloaded transporters for carrying vehicles.
This feature may miss stationary or slow-moving vehicles, especially at night when the driver needs to pay extra attention.
This feature may be falsely triggered when the vehicle needs to be driven onto special places such as a car hauler or a wrecker.
To perform this function optimally, the system needs to recognize the outline and main features of the pedestrian's body as clear and complete as possible, which means that the head, shoulders, arms, legs, upper and lower body of the pedestrian can be recognized by integrating them into standard human movements. The following situations may cause pedestrians not to be recognized and prevent the Forward Collision Warning from operating as expected, which include but are not limited to:
Pedestrians are taller than 200cm or shorter than 100cm.
Pedestrians wear large clothing (such as raincoats, Hanfu, etc.), causing the main features (arms, legs, etc.) to be obscured and the outline to be unclear.
The distance between pedestrians and the sensor is too close when pedestrians first appear in the sensor's visual field.
Pedestrians are carrying a large backpack or luggage.
The contrast between the colors of the pedestrians' clothes and the background scene is low.
Pedestrians carry umbrellas, which cover the head, arms and other major features.
Pedestrians bend or crouch.
Pedestrians sit in a wheelchair.
The distance between pedestrians is close.
Pedestrians wear reflective clothing.
Pedestrians walk in dark places such as roads at night, tunnels, etc.
There are great changes in the speed of pedestrians crossing the road.
To perform this function optimally, the system needs to recognize the outline and main features of the cyclist's body as clear and complete as possible as well as the outline of the bicycle. Cyclists referred to in this function are adults, and shall ride bicycles designed for adults. The following situations may cause cyclists not to be recognized and prevent the Forward Collision Warning from operating as expected, which include but are not limited to:
When features of the pedestrian or bicycle are obscured by clothing or other objects, resulting in an indistinct outline.
When larger baggage and goods are carried on the bicycle.
When the bicycle is going fast.
The contrast between the colors of the cyclists and the background scene is low.
There are great changes in the speed of cyclists.
The distance between cyclists and the sensor is too close when cyclists first appear in the sensor's visual field.
When riding in dark places such as roads at night, tunnels, etc.
Balanced bikes, children's scooters, some scooters and electric bicycles of special forms, etc. are being used.
The following situations may prevent the Forward Collision Warning from operating as expected due to the fact that the target is not directly ahead, which include but are not limited to:
It will not respond to targets in the blind spots of the sensor, such as targets in blind spots at corners, sides and back of the vehicle.
It may wrongly select or miss targets when approaching or crossing a turn in the road.
When going uphill, it may miss a target or misjudge the distance to the target.
When only part of the body of a vehicle in the adjacent lane cuts in front of your vehicle (especially when it's a larger vehicle cutting in, like a bus, truck, etc.), it may not be able to recognize it in time.
When your vehicle abruptly cuts into the rear of the vehicle ahead, or another vehicle abruptly cuts into or out of the front of your vehicle, it may not be able to recognize it in time.
The following situations may prevent the Forward Collision Warning from operating as expected due to special or complex road conditions, which include but are not limited to:
Waterlogged roads, muddy roads, potholes, ice- and snow-covered roads, roads with speed bumps, roads with obstacles
Traffic conditions with a lot of pedestrians, bicycles, electric bikes or animals
Complex and changeable traffic conditions, such as busy intersections, expressway ramps, congested roads
Forward Collision Warning may not provide a warning in certain situations, including but not limited to:
The driver is already applying the brakes.
The driver fully or suddenly presses the accelerator pedal.
The driver turns the steering wheel sharply.
Warning在极端恶劣天气包括并不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等,此功能不建议您使用。
This feature is not recommended for use in bad weather conditions, including but not limited to heavy rain, snow, fog, and haze.
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully covered all the conditions that may affect the normal operation of the Forward Collision Warning (FCW) system. There are many factors that may interfere with the Forward Collision Warning (FCW) system. In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
When your vehicle deviates from the lane involuntarily or unconsciously, the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) will briefly assist the driver to control the steering wheel to move the vehicle back into the lane, and provide visual, auditory, or steering wheel vibration alerts to the driver.
The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) consists of:
Alert only function (LDW): When the moving vehicle has a non-autonomous tendency to deviate to the adjacent lane, or is about to cross the lane marking, the Lane Departure Warning (LDW) can provide appropriate visual, auditory and steering wheel vibration alerts.
Alert and lane correction: When the moving vehicle has a non-autonomous tendency to deviate to the adjacent lane, or is about to cross the lane marking, the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) will apply a slight corrective Steer Assist to the steering wheel to reduce the possibility of the vehicle deviating from the lane. If the vehicle deviates too much from the lane, the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) can provide appropriate visual and auditory alerts.
Lane Keeping Assist has limited steering torque which can only provide a slight steering assist and cannot fully guarantee the prevention of lane departure. Do not rely solely on Lane Keeping Assist to steer. You should always be prepared to take over steering, especially when driving on roads with curves.
Please take over steering immediately when cornering, turning around, or driving on winding roads or roads with sharp curves.
As a driving assist feature, Lane Keeping Assist cannot handle all situations in all traffic, weather and road conditions.
Lane Keeping Assist is only a supplement to, and does not function as a substitute for, your visual observation. You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and make your own decision on whether to use Lane Keeping Assist if it is safe.
You should always be ready to take over when you find that the conditions of the traffic, road or the vehicle are not suitable for enabling Lane Keeping Assist, or there are other unsafe factors.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving safely in the lane and complying with applicable traffic laws and regulations.
The following behaviors are prohibited when driving:
Relying solely on Lane Keeping Assist
Using Lane Keeping Assist in bad weather conditions
Using Lane Keeping Assist on non-standardized roads
Hands off the steering wheel
Eyes off the road
Enable/Disable the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driver Assistance > Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and Assist to enable or disable this function.
When enabled, you can select the assisting levels, alerting methods and sensitivity:
Assisting level
Alert Only: only provides an alert function
Alert and Lane Correction: provides an alert and a slight Steer Assist
Alert methods:
When it is set to Alert Only, the alert modes include: image, image + sound, image + vibration, image + sound + vibration.
When it is set to "Alert and lane correction", the alert methods cannot be set and the default option is image + sound.
Sensitivity:
Low: gives an alert later than normal sensitivity under the same conditions
Medium: normal sensitivity
High: gives an alert earlier than normal sensitivity under the same conditions
Caution请您务必审慎设置提醒方式与灵敏度,确保该等设置符合您的驾驶习惯。
Please set the warning type and sensitivity with caution to ensure that such settings are in line with your driving habits.
CautionEnabling the Lane Departure Warning and Assist on the central display does not mean that the function has been activated. Functions can only be activated automatically when the operating conditions are satisfied. When the Lane Departure Warning and Assistance function is disabled, the vehicle will neither assist when it comes to remaining in the driving lane, nor offer a warning when lane departure occurs. Emergency Lane Keeping (ELK) will be disabled too. The steering wheel will turn when the Lane Departure Warning and Assistance function controls the direction. You can turn the steering wheel to take control of the vehicle, and then the direction of the vehicle will be controlled by you.
Enabling the Lane Departure Warning and Assist on the central display does not mean that the function has been activated. Functions can only be activated automatically when the operating conditions are satisfied.
When the Lane Departure Warning and Assistance function is disabled, the vehicle will neither assist when it comes to remaining in the driving lane, nor offer a warning when lane departure occurs. Emergency Lane Keeping (ELK) will be disabled too.
The steering wheel will turn when the Lane Departure Warning and Assistance function controls the direction.
You can turn the steering wheel to take control of the vehicle, and then the direction of the vehicle will be controlled by you.
Operating conditions for the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system:
Your vehicle speed is about 50-130 km/h
Your vehicle drives normally without suddenly accelerating, decelerating or steering.
Your vehicle is in the center of its lane and does not drive on the lane marking
The lane markings on at least one side are clear.
The high-definition camera functions normally and provides clear vision
No components of the Lane Keeping Assist system are faulty.
Your vehicle meets all safety conditions, such as:
Driver seating status
Your vehicle is in gear position D
Anti-lock brake system, traction control system and vehicle stability control system are not triggered
The traction control system and vehicle stability control system are not manually disabled.
Caution当转向灯打开,爱车向相应一侧偏离时,车道保持辅助系统不会提醒或控制。
When the turn signal is active, Lane Keeping Assist does not provide any reminders or take control if your vehicle deviates towards the corresponding side.
Dynamic Environment Simulation Display
Status icon of the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system
No icon: Not enabled
Grey icon: Standby status
White lane marking: The lane marking on the corresponding side has been detected.
Yellow lane marking: Level 1 Lane Departure Warning
Red lane marking: Level 2 Lane Departure Warning
Lane marking display
No status icon: The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system is not enabled.
The status icon is grey: The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system is enabled, in standby status, and not activated yet.
The status icon and the central lane marking are white: The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system is active.
The status icon and one side of the central lane marking is red:
When Alert Only is selected, it indicates that there is a risk of accidental departure from the lane on the corresponding side
When Alert and Lane Correction is selected, it indicates that the vehicle has deviated from the lane unexpectedly, and the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) is no longer able to prevent the vehicle from deviating from the lane through a slight Steer Assist to correct lanes.
The status icon and one side of the central lane marking are yellow: Only occurs when Alert and Lane Correction is selected. It indicates that the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) is providing a certain Steer Assist to correct lanes at the corresponding side to reduce the possibility of the vehicle deviating from the lane.
The dynamic environment simulation display can only be used as a reference and cannot perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the dynamic environment simulation display.
Precautions and Restrictions
The following situations may prevent the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system from operating as expected or cause it to automatically exit, which include but are not limited to:
Pass through bends with excessive curvature, such as high-speed ramps.
The lane markings are not clear, worn, missing, interweaving, or shaded by other vehicles or buildings or scenery
Passing through road sections without lane markings, such as non-standard roads, intersections and construction areas
Passing through road sections with special lane markings, such as speed reduction markings and channelizing-line markings
Passing through areas with unclear lane division, such as areas with merging or dividing lane markings, high-speed ramp crossings, urban intersection zones and left turn waiting zones
There are edges or other high-contrast lines on roads instead of lane markings, such as pavement joints and curbs
Lane markings cannot be recognized or are not recognized correctly due to height change, such as on the uphill and downhill
Lane markings cannot be recognized or are not recognized correctly due to light, such as reflection of lane markings caused by strong light, poor visibility or insufficient light caused by bad weather and or at night
The distance between lane markings on both sides is too wide or too narrow.
The following situations may prevent the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system from operating as expected or cause it to automatically exit due to a laser radar recognition disorder, which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of camera
Blocked or dirty camera
Limited recognition at night
Dark surroundings, such as at dawn, dusk, night, in tunnels
Sudden changes in ambient brightness, such as tunnel entrances or exits
Large shadows cast by buildings, landscapes or large vehicles
Camera directly exposed to light
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead that falls onto your vehicle
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, wiper, ice, snow, etc. on the windshield in front of the camera
Wet roads
It is not recommended to use the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system in special or complex road conditions, as that may prevent the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system from operating as expected or cause it to automatically exit, which include but are not limited to:
Waterlogged roads, muddy roads, potholes, ice- and snow-covered roads, roads with speed bumps, roads with obstacles
Traffic conditions with a lot of pedestrians, bicycles or animals
Complex and changeable traffic conditions, such as busy intersections, expressway ramps, congested roads
Winding and turning roads, rapid turning roads
Uphill and downhill roads
Rough roads
Narrow roads
Tunnel entrances and exits
Non-standard roads
Roads without a median
Warning在极端恶劣天气包括并不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等,此功能不建议您使用。
This feature is not recommended for use in bad weather conditions, including but not limited to heavy rain, snow, fog, and haze.
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully described all the conditions that may affect the normal operation of the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system. There are many factors that may interfere with the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system. In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions.
Emergency Active Stop (EAS)
During driving, once the system detects that you are in an abnormal driving state (e.g., you are not holding the steering wheel for a period of time, you are distracted and fatigued for a period of time, or you are out of your seat), it will activate the Emergency Active Stop (EAS) feature when the normal operating conditions for the system are met.
When Emergency Active Stop is activated, your vehicle will display a dynamic environment simulation warning message with audible and voice alerts, and turn on the hazard warning lights. The system will apply continuous braking with loud warning sounds to remind you to take over the vehicle until the vehicle stops. Then it will unlock the doors automatically and make an emergency call.
When Emergency Active Stop is activated, you can take over your vehicle anytime by pressing the accelerator pedal or brake pedal, rotating the steering wheel or turning off hazard warning lights.
Once activated, the Emergency Active Stop feature will brake the vehicle until it stops, during which lane departure or collision may occur. Therefore, do not rely solely on or take the initiative to activate this feature.
By engaging the brakes and stopping the vehicle, the feature may lead to your violation of the Road Traffic Safety Law of the People’s Republic of China, Regulation on the Implementation of the Road Traffic Safety Law of the People’s Republic of China, and relevant traffic laws and regulations regarding temporary parking.
Please stay focused at all times while driving, as you always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving safely and complying with applicable traffic laws and regulations.
Precautions and Restrictions
Cameras may fail to recognize obstacles and thus impairing the performance of Emergency Active Stop in some situations, including but not limited to:
The positions of the cameras are changed.
The cameras are obstructed or stained.
Visibility is poor in dim environments, such as at dawn, dusk, night, or in a tunnel, resulting in impaired recognition.
Sudden changes in brightness, such as when entering or exiting a tunnel.
The view of the cameras is interfered by large shadows cast by buildings, landscape features, or large vehicles.
When the camera is directly struck by light.
In rain, snow, fog, haze, and other bad weather.
When exhaust gas, splashes, snow, or dust is kicked up by vehicles in front of you.
The cameras are obstructed by water, dust, small scratches, grease, dirt, wipers, frost, or snow on the windshield.
The road is wet.
Radars may fail to recognize obstacles and thus impairing the performance of Emergency Active Stop in some situations, including but not limited to:
Radars are misplaced, blocked, or covered with dirt, ice, snow, metal plates, tape, labels, leaves, or other obstructions.
Radars or the surrounding areas are damaged by collisions or scratches.
Heavy rain, snow, fog, and other extreme weather which may impair radar performance
False warnings may be generated due to certain metal fences, median strips or concrete walls.
The LiDAR sensor may fail to recognize obstacles, affecting the performance of or even causing the unintended deactivation of Emergency Active Stop in some situations, including but not limited to:
The position of the LiDAR sensor is changed.
In rain, snow, fog, haze, and other bad weather.
The sensing performance is poor due to exhaust gas, splashes, snow, or dust kicked up by vehicles in front.
The vehicle is driving on wet roads or roads with water.
The LiDAR sensor is obstructed by water, dust, small scratches, grease, dirt, frost, snow, or wrap film / paint protection film on its window.
The LiDAR sensor is too hot due to prolonged exposure of the vehicle to the sun.
False warnings may be generated due to traffic signs and anti-collision buckets on expressways and elevated roads.
Emergency Active Stop will only respond to vehicles that meet certain conditions. Some targets may not be recognized or responded to, including but not limited to:
Vehicles crossing perpendicular to your vehicle.
Motorcycles and tricycles.
Some targets are not responded to, including but not limited to:
This feature does not guarantee the recognition of special-shaped targets, especially at night or a poor lighting environment where the driver needs to pay extra attention. Such vehicles include vehicles with a covered rear or irregularly-shaped rear, vehicles with a rear below a certain height, and unladen carriers.
This feature may miss stationary or slow-moving vehicles, especially at night when the driver needs to pay extra attention.
Recognition and response may be delayed if the target is not right in the front in some situations, including but not limited to:
Emergency Active Stop does not respond to targets that are in sensor blind spots. For example, Emergency Active Stop cannot detect targets in the blind spot at the corner or on the side of the vehicle.
When the vehicle is approaching or navigating a curve, the target may be incorrectly selected or missed, resulting in unintended acceleration or deceleration.
The target may be lost or the distance to the lead vehicle may be misjudged when the vehicle is on a slope. Driving downhill will increase the vehicle speed so as to exceed the cruise speed.
When only a part of the vehicle in the adjacent lane cuts in front of you (especially large vehicles such as buses and trucks), the target may not be identified and trigger a response.
When your vehicle suddenly cuts to the back of a vehicle in front, or when other vehicles abruptly cut into or out of the front of your vehicle, the target may not be identified in time.
Emergency Active Stop does not guarantee that the target can be accurately recognized in all situations, and its performance may be impaired in special or complex road conditions, including but not limited to:
Water, mud, potholes, snow, ice, speed bumps, or obstacles on the road.
Large numbers of pedestrians, bicycles, or animals on the road.
Complex and changing traffic flows, such as busy intersections, freeway ramps, and congested roads.
Winding roads and sharp turns.
Uphill or downhill roads.
Bumpy roads.
Narrow roads.
Tunnel entrances and exits.
Non-standard roads.
Roads without center medians.
Lateral grip may be insufficient in some situations, including but not limited to:
The brakes do not fully function (such as when brake components are too cold, hot, or wet).
Improper maintenance (such as excessive brake or tire wear, or abnormal tire pressure).
Driving on special roads (such as sloping roads or roads with water, mud, potholes, snow, or ice).
Warning在极端恶劣天气包括并不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等,此功能不建议您使用。
This feature is not recommended for use in bad weather conditions, including but not limited to heavy rain, snow, fog, and haze.
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions do not exhaust all the situations that may affect the proper operation of Emergency Active Stop. Emergency Active Stop may be affected by many factors. To avoid safety accidents, be sure to always pay attention to traffic, road and vehicle conditions and drive with caution.
Emergency Lane Keeping (ELK)
Emergency Lane Keeping (ELK) can provide a certain steer assist capability to help the driver correct the vehicle position urgently to prevent the risk of collision as much as possible when the vehicle deviates from its lane involuntarily or when there is a potential side collision risk in its adjacent lane.
When the vehicle speed is about 50-130 km/h, Emergency Lane Keeping may be triggered in the following four emergency scenarios:
Without having the turn light on, your vehicle deviates involuntarily from its lane to the right curb
Without having the turn light on, when the lane marking is a solid line, your vehicle deviates involuntarily from its lane to the side where the solid line is
Without having the turn light on, when there is an oncoming vehicle in your left lane, your vehicle deviates involuntarily from its lane to the left
When there is a vehicle approaching rapidly from behind in your left lane, your vehicle deviates from its lane or actively changes lane to the left
Enable/Disable Emergency Lane Keeping
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and click
Driver Assistance > Emergency Lane Keeping to turn this function on or off.
It is not recommended to turn off this function. When this function is turned off, it will not be able to assist the driver by taking emergency control of the steering when there is a potential risk of a side collision.
Emergency Lane Keeping has limited steering torque which can only provide certain steering assist and cannot fully guarantee the prevention of lane departure or avoidance of danger. Therefore, please take over steering in time instead of relying solely on Emergency Lane Keeping.
Please control the vehicle direction immediately when cornering, turning around, or driving on winding roads or roads with sharp curves.
As a driver assist feature, Emergency Lane Keeping cannot handle all situations in all traffic, weather and road conditions.
You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions. Never rely solely on Emergency Lane Keeping to avoid danger. For safety reasons, never test this feature by deliberately or actively triggering Emergency Lane Keeping. If you come across a dangerous situation, never wait Emergency Lane Keeping to intervene before taking action. You always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving safely in the lane and complying with applicable traffic laws and regulations.
Warning驾驶时不可以有以下行为:完全依靠ELK
The following behaviors are prohibited when driving:
Relying solely on Emergency Lane Keeping
Hands off the steering wheel
Eyes off the road
Operating Conditions of Emergency Lane Keeping:
Your vehicle speed is about 65-130 km/h
Your vehicle drives normally without sudden acceleration, deceleration or steering
Your vehicle is in the center of its lane and does not drive on the lane marking
The high-definition camera functions normally and provides clear vision
No components of the Lane Keeping Assist system are faulty
Your vehicle meets all safety conditions, such as:
Driver seating status
Your vehicle is in gear position D
Anti-lock brake system, traction control system and vehicle stability control system are not triggered
Emergency Lane Keeping is automatically activated when the conditions are met in an emergency.
Emergency Lane Keeping can only provide limited steering assist and cannot control the vehicle’s speed.
Emergency Lane Keeping is unable to constantly control the steering. Therefore, it cannot always keep the vehicle centered in the lane.
When Emergency Lane Keeping controls your steering, the steering wheel will turn accordingly.
You can take over steering by turning the steering wheel manually.
Emergency Lane Keeping in Case of Deviation to Right Curb
When the operating conditions of ELK are met, ELK can provide a certain degree of steer assist if your vehicle deviates from its lane involuntarily to the right curb without having the turn light on. At this time, the right side of the central lane marking will be displayed in yellow.
Emergency Lane Keeping may fail to operate as intended or cancel automatically and the vehicle may deviate to the right in some situations, including but not limited to:
Curbs are not clear or cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to lighting conditions, such as strong light which leads to reflective curbs, and poor visibility or insufficient light due to bad weather or at night;
There are roadside obstacles that Emergency Lane Keeping cannot identify, such as fences, guard rails, traffic cones and cone rods;
The vehicle is steering around a sharp bend, or driving on a sloped road, bumpy road, road with water or snow and ice, etc.
Emergency Lane Keeping in Case of Deviation to Solid Lane Marking
When the operating conditions of ELK are met, ELK can provide a certain degree of steer assist if your vehicle deviates from its lane involuntarily to the solid lane marking without having the turn light on. At this time, the corresponding side of the central lane marking will be displayed in red.
Emergency Lane Keeping may fail to operate as intended or cancel automatically and the vehicle may deviate to the solid lane line in some situations, including but not limited to:
Lane lines are unclear, worn, missing, overlapping, or obscured by shadows cast by other vehicles, buildings, or landscape features.
The lanes are too wide or too narrow.
Lane lines are special ones.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to changes in height, such as on sloped roads.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to lighting conditions, such as strong light which leads to reflective lane lines, and poor visibility or insufficient light due to bad weather or at night.
The vehicle is steering around a sharp bend, or driving on a sloped road, bumpy road, road with water or snow and ice, etc.
Emergency Lane Keeping with Risk of Left Front Collision
When the operating conditions of ELK are met, ELK can provide a certain degree of steer assist if your vehicle deviates from its lane involuntarily to the left without having the turn light on when there is an oncoming vehicle in your left lane and the lane marking is clear. At this time, the left side of the central lane marking will be displayed in red.
Emergency Lane Keeping may fail to operate as intended or cancel automatically and the vehicle may collide with the lead vehicle on the left in some situations, including but not limited to:
Lane lines are unclear, worn, missing, overlapping, or obscured by shadows cast by other vehicles, buildings, or landscape features.
The lanes are too wide or too narrow.
Lane lines are special ones.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to changes in height, such as on sloped roads.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to lighting conditions, such as strong light which leads to reflective lane lines, and poor visibility or insufficient light due to bad weather or at night.
The vehicle is steering around a sharp bend, or driving on a sloped road, bumpy road, road with water or snow and ice, etc.
The oncoming vehicle is not a vehicle, such as a motorcycle.
Emergency Lane Keeping with Risk of Left Rear Collision
When the operating conditions of ELK are met, ELK can provide a certain degree of steer assist if your vehicle deviates from its lane involuntarily or actively changes lane to the left when there is a vehicle approaching rapidly from behind in your left lane and the lane marking is clear. At this time, the left side of the central lane marking will be displayed in red.
Emergency Lane Keeping may fail to operate as intended or cancel automatically and the vehicle may collide with the vehicle approaching from behind on the left in some situations, including but not limited to:
Lane lines are unclear, worn, missing, overlapping, or obscured by shadows cast by other vehicles, buildings, or landscape features.
The lanes are too wide or too narrow.
Lane lines are special ones.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to changes in height, such as on sloped roads.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to lighting conditions, such as strong light which leads to reflective lane lines, and poor visibility or insufficient light due to bad weather or at night.
The vehicle is steering around a sharp bend, or driving on a sloped road, bumpy road, road with water or snow and ice, etc.
Precautions and Restrictions
The following situations may cause Emergency Lane Keeping to fail to operate as expected or exit automatically due to a camera recognition disorder. Please steer your vehicle in a timely manner. These situations include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of camera
Blocked or dirty camera
Reduced recognition capability due to dim surrounding environments, such as at dawn, dusk, night, or in a tunnel
Sudden changes in ambient brightness, such as tunnel entrances or exits
Large shadows cast by buildings, landscapes or large vehicles
Camera directly exposed to light
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead that falls onto your vehicle
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, wiper, ice, snow, etc. on the windshield in front of the camera
Wet roads
The following situations may cause the emergency lane keeping to fail to operate as expected or exit automatically due to a radar recognition disorder. Please steer your vehicle in a timely manner. These situations include but are not limited to:
Misplaced or blocked radar, or covered with mud, ice and snow, metal plates, tapes, labels, leaves, etc.
The radar or the area surrounding it is impacted due to a vehicle collision, scratch, etc.
Extreme weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze, which may affect radar performance
Due to the limitation of radar target recognition characteristics, in rare special circumstances, false alarms may occur for some metal barriers, green belts, cement walls, etc.
The following situations may lead to a LiDAR recognition disorder, affect the function of Emergency Lane Keeping, and even cause the function to deactivate. These situations include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of LiDAR
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead
Driving on wet or waterlogged roads
Obstructions such as water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, wiper, ice, snow, tinted or transparent film on the LiDAR window
Overheating of the LiDAR caused by prolonged sun exposure
Due to the limitation of LiDAR characteristics, in rare special cases, false alarms may occur for the traffic signs/high-speed anti-collision barrels in high-speed/elevated sections
Special or complex road conditions may cause the lane keeping assist system to fail to operate as expected or exit automatically. Please steer your vehicle in a timely manner. These situations include but are not limited to:
Waterlogged roads, muddy roads, potholes, ice- and snow-covered roads, roads with speed bumps, roads with obstacles
Traffic conditions with a lot of pedestrians, bicycles or animals
Complex and changeable traffic conditions, such as busy intersections, expressway ramps, congested roads
Winding and turning roads, rapid turning roads
Uphill and downhill roads
Rough roads
Narrow roads
Tunnel entrances and exits
Construction areas
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully described all the situations that may affect the normal operation of the Emergency Lane Keeping system. There are many factors that may interfere with the Emergency Lane Keeping system. In order to avoid accidents, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions.
Advanced Driver Monitoring System (ADMS)
The Advanced Driver Monitoring System (ADMS) can monitor the driver's driving status.
When it is enabled and conditions for activating the function are satisfied, once the driver is detected to be tired or distracted, NOMI will provide different levels of alerts through expressions and sounds. The digital instrument cluster will also remind the driver to focus on driving and protect the driver's safety.
Advanced Driver Monitoring System cannot operate under all conditions and is only designed to assist driving. The driver should always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving safely.
Therefore, it is of great importance that you pay attention when driving and take regular breaks. When a driver is alerted or feels fatigued, they should adjust their behavior or pull over safely as soon as possible to take a break.
When the Advanced Driver Monitoring System (ADMS) is disabled, related functions for advanced driving assistance systems such as Lane Centering Control (LCC) and Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) will be unable to be used or will be exited.
After the driver adjusts the steering wheel, the function requires a brief recalibration, during which the function fault light for the Advanced Driver Monitoring System (ADMS) will appear.
If you adjust the steering wheel while using the advanced driving assistance system functions such as Lane Centering Control (LCC) or Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), the system will prompt "NP Driver Assistance is exiting, please take control of the steering wheel".
Enable/Disable the Fatigue Distraction Alert System
The Advanced Driver Monitoring System (ADMS) monitors the driver's fatigue and distraction state.
Driver Fatigue Alert
Driver Distraction Alert
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driving > Driver Fatigue and Distraction Alert to enable or disable this function.
After this function is enabled, when the vehicle speed is 20 km/h or above, the system will keep monitoring the status and provide voice alerts.
Dynamic Environment Simulation Display
Not enabled
Enabled
When the following are displayed due to a system failure or malicious occlusion of the camera, it indicates that the function is limited. Please promptly contact the NIO Service Center.
Caution摄像头不会记录或共享图像、音频或视频。
The camera will not record or share any images, audio or videos.
Precautions and Restrictions
In some cases, driver fatigue and distracted driving behaviors may be affected or undetected, resulting in the system not providing corresponding warnings, being partially unavailable or providing false alarms, such as:
At night and in low light
Sunlight, opposite headlights and other direct light interference
Adjust the seat
Adjust or turn the steering wheel
Under the condition of eye occlusion, which includes but is not limited to various types of dark glasses with low transmittance, polarizers, sunglasses, and eyeglass frame occlusion, etc
Wearing accessories such as hats, scarves and bandanas that may alter the shape of the head
Wearing a mask
Warning在极端恶劣天气包括并不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等,此功能不建议您使用。
This feature is not recommended for use in bad weather conditions, including but not limited to heavy rain, snow, fog, and haze.
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully covered all the conditions that may affect the normal operation of the Advanced Driver Monitoring System (ADMS). There are many factors that may interfere with the Advanced Driver Monitoring System (ADMS). In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Blind Spot Detection (BSD) and Lane Change Assist (LCA)
The Blind Spot Detection (BSD) and Lane Change Assist (LCA) will remind you to pay attention to lane change safety through visual, auditory and tactile alarms when there are other vehicles in the blind spot of your vehicle or other vehicles approaching quickly in the blind spot.
The Blind Spot Detection (BSD) and Lane Change Assist (LCA) will only be activated when the speed of your vehicle is about 15 km/h or more.
Caution盲点监控与变道预警的监测区域为爱车旁边车道,及其向后约70米的范围。
This feature is able to detect the lanes next to the vehicle and more than 70 meters from the rear.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the central display, and tap
NIO Pilot >Blind Spot Detection (BSD) and Lane Change Assist (LCA) to enable or disable this function and select an appropriate means of reminding you.
When the function is enabled and activated, the dynamic environment simulation display will remind you that there is a vehicle approaching from behind as shown in the figure.
When a vehicle in the driver's blind spot and a vehicle approaching rapidly from behind are detected, a marker saying that there is a vehicle on the side will be displayed on the rear view mirror. If you turn on the turning signal on the corresponding side in this case, it will remind you not to change lanes with the following warnings:
Marker light on the rear view mirror
Sound + Marker light on the rear view mirror flashes
Steering wheel vibrates + Marker light on the rear view mirror flashes
Sound + Steering wheel vibrates + Marker light on the rear view mirror flashes
The chime may not be heard if the environmental noise is too loud, such as when the audio system is played at high volumes or the surrounding environment is too noisy.
In a bright environment such as daytime, the warning of the red ambient lighting may not be easily noticeable.
Caution在倒车时,盲点监控与变道预警不会工作。
Blind Spot Detection and Lane Change Assist do not work when the vehicle is in REVERSE.
The dynamic environment simulation display can only be used as a reference and cannot perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the dynamic environment simulation display.
When you drive on a road with sharp curves, wide lanes or an uneven surface, Blind Spot Detection and Lane Change Assist may not be able to warn you about vehicles in adjacent lanes.
Blind Spot Detection and Lane Change Assist may give false warnings in the following situations:
Driving near protective fences
Driving on/under a bridge, or through a tunnel
Driving besides bushes, trees, etc.
When there are wire poles, street lights or low concrete walls along the road
Driving near construction areas such as factory buildings, ports, etc.
Driving on urban roads or multi-lane intersections
Radars are mounted on or behind the bumper. Keep the bumper clean and free of mud, ice, metal plates, stickers, labels, and leaves. Failure to do so may impact the performance of the radars.
If this feature does not function properly due to a collision, scratches, radar failure, or malfunction, please contact NIO as soon as possible.
If the radar malfunctions for a long period of time and fails to receive any fault-related alerts, please contact NIO as soon as possible.
This feature only detects and alerts you to vehicles and large motorcycles or objects, and may have a delay or omission, or even fail to detect or alert you to objects such as pedestrians, bicycles, or skateboards.
This feature does not alert you to stationary objects. False warnings may be generated by certain metal fences, median strips, or concrete walls.
Heavy rain, snow, fog, and other extreme weather conditions may impair radar performance. Please drive with caution, and pay attention to your surroundings.
Never use this feature in the Trailer Mode.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving safely and complying with applicable traffic safety laws and regulations.
Warning盲点监控与变道预警不能取代安全驾驶及车内后视镜和车外后视镜的使用。
Even with Blind Spot Detection (BSD) and Lane Change Assist (LCA), you should still drive with caution and use the rearview mirror and the side mirrors wisely.
Warning在极端恶劣天气包括并不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等,此功能不建议您使用。
This feature is not recommended for use in bad weather conditions, including but not limited to heavy rain, snow, fog, and haze.
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully described all the situations that may affect the normal operation of the Blind Spot Detection (BSD) and Lane Change Assist (LCA) system. There are many factors that may interfere with the Blind Spot Detection (BSD) and Lane Change Assist (LCA) systems. In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions.
Door Open Warning (DOW)
When you open the door of your vehicle, if vehicles, cyclists or pedestrians approaching from behind may affect the safety of opening the door or even cause a collision, the Door Open Warning (DOW) will remind you to be careful when opening the door through visual and auditory alarms.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the central display, and tap
NIO Pilot >Door Open Warning (DOW) to enable or disable this function.
When the Door Open Warning (DOW) function is enabled, your vehicle will remind you in the following ways. At this time, you or your passengers should avoid opening the door and confirm whether it is safe to open the door first:
The ambient light turns red
Icon on the exterior rearview mirror
Warning alarm
Dynamic environment simulation displays "Watch out for vehicles approaching from behind"
Note侧方开门预警可监测本车侧后方快速接近的目标。
Door Open Warning monitors for targets approaching fast from behind.
Caution爱车处于前进挡(D 挡)或驻车挡(P 挡),该功能才可启用。
This feature is only available when the vehicle is in DRIVE (D) or PARK (P).
The chime may not be heard if the environmental noise is too loud, such as when the audio system is played at high volumes or the surrounding environment is too noisy.
In a bright environment such as daytime, the warning of the red ambient lighting may not be easily noticeable.
Door Open Warning cannot accurately alert you in all situations and cannot replace active observation by you and passengers, as well as the function of the rearview mirror and side mirrors. Please do not rely excessively on this feature and always be aware of the environment outside the vehicle when opening doors.
Radars are mounted on or behind the bumper. Keep the bumper clean and free of mud, ice, metal plates, stickers, labels, and leaves. Failure to do so may impact the performance of the radars.
If this feature does not function properly due to a collision, scratches, radar failure, or malfunction, please contact NIO as soon as possible.
If the radar malfunctions for a long period of time and fails to receive any fault-related alerts, please contact NIO as soon as possible.
This feature only detects and alerts you to vehicles and large motorcycles or objects, and may have a delay or omission, or even fail to detect or alert you to objects such as pedestrians, bicycles, or skateboards.
This feature does not alert you to stationary objects. False warnings may be generated by certain metal fences, median strips, or concrete walls.
Heavy rain, snow, fog, and other extreme weather conditions may impair radar performance. Please drive with caution, and pay attention to your surroundings.
Never use this feature in the Trailer Mode.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving safely and complying with applicable traffic safety laws and regulations.
Warning在极端恶劣天气包括并不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等,此功能不建议您使用。
This feature is not recommended for use in bad weather conditions, including but not limited to heavy rain, snow, fog, and haze.
The above warnings and precautions have not fully described all the conditions that may affect the normal operation of the Door Open Warning (DOW) system. There are many factors that may interfere with the Door Open Warning (DOW) system. In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions.
Front Cross Traffic Alert
When driving at low speeds, if the system detects a potential collision risk with the rear crossing vehicle, the Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA) function can warn the driver to be careful through visual and auditory alerts.
Cross Traffic Alert is only a supplement to, and not a substitute for, your visual observation.
As a driver assist feature, Cross Traffic Alert cannot handle all situations in all traffic, weather and road conditions.
You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and decide to use Cross Traffic Alert or not after your safety is ensured.
It is always your responsibility to ensure that the vehicle is driven in a safe manner and complies with applicable traffic laws and regulations.
Enable/Disable the Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA)
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the central display, and tap
NIO Pilot >Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA) to enable or disable this function.
When the operating conditions are satisfied, if a potential collision risk with the front crossing vehicle is detected, it will remind you through visual and auditory alerts on the dynamic environment simulation display, 360 Surround View page and Automatic Parking page.
Operating conditions for the Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA)
The vehicle speed is less than 15 km/h and greater than 0 km/h.
The speed of the front crossing vehicle is within a certain range of the normal vehicle speed.
The front lateral millimeter wave radar operates normally and has a clear field of view.
The dynamic environment simulation display can only be used as a reference and cannot perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the dynamic environment simulation display.
Precautions and Restrictions
The targets below may not be identified, and may trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
Motorcycles
Battery vehicles
Tricycles
Pedestrians
Animals
Bicycles
Other non-vehicle objects
The targets below will not trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
Oncoming vehicles/vehicles driving in the same direction
Stationary objects
The Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA) does not respond to targets in blind spots of the sensor. The Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA) cannot detect lateral vehicles in front of this vehicle through obstacles or parked vehicles.
For example, the Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA) cannot detect the front crossing vehicles in the following situations, which include but are not limited to:
Stopping in the innermost position
The parking space is at an angle.
The following situations may lead to a radar recognition disorder and affect the performance of the Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA), which include but are not limited to:
Misplaced or blocked radar, or covered with mud, ice and snow, metal plates, tapes, labels, leaves, etc.
The radar or the area surrounding it is impacted due to a vehicle collision, scratch, etc.
Extreme weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze, which may affect radar performance
Due to the limitation of radar target recognition characteristics, in rare special circumstances, false alarms may occur for some metal barriers, green belts, cement walls, etc.
Warning在极端恶劣天气包括并不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等,此功能不建议您使用。
This feature is not recommended for use in bad weather conditions, including but not limited to heavy rain, snow, fog, and haze.
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully described all the conditions that may affect the normal operation of the Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA) system. There are many factors that may interfere with the Front Cross Traffic Assist (FCTA) system. In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking (RCTA-B)
When reversing, if the system detects a potential collision risk with the rear crossing vehicle, the Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking (RCTA-B) function can warn the driver to pay attention to safety through visual and auditory alerts and even enhance the warning effect to the driver by braking briefly if necessary.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert only provides a warning and cannot guarantee to stop your vehicle. Never depend on it to avoid a collision or reduce the impact of a collision.
Enable/Disable the Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking (RCTA-B)
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the central display, and tap
NIO Pilot >Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking (RCTA-B) to enable or disable this function.
When it is enabled, you can select the assisting level in the Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking (RCTA-B) Settings:
Alert only: when the vehicle speed is less than about 15km/h and the operating conditions are satisfied, if a potential collision risk with rear crossing vehicles from behind is detected, it will remind the vehicle in the rear through visual and auditory alerts on the digital instrument panel, 360 Surround View page and Automatic Parking page.
Alert and brake actively: when the vehicle speed is about 1-15km/h and the operating conditions are satisfied, besides visual and auditory alerts, the system will warn you by a brief instance of active braking if necessary, but cannot ensure that the vehicle will stop.
Operating conditions for the Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking (RCTA-B):
The speed of the rear crossing vehicle is between about 5 and 60 km/h.
The rear lateral millimeter wave radar operates normally and has a clear field of view.
Driver seating status
All doors are closed
Your vehicle is in gear position R.
Caution当您选择提醒及主动制动时,若深踩制动踏板或加速踏板,主动制动功能可能不会介入。
When you select Warning & Braking, if you fully press the brake pedal or accelerator pedal, the function may not intervene.
The dynamic environment simulation display can only be used as a reference and cannot perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the dynamic environment simulation display.
Precautions and Restrictions
The targets below may not be identified, and may trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
Motorcycles
Battery vehicles
Tricycles
Pedestrians
Animals
Bicycles
Other non-vehicle objects
The targets below will not trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
Oncoming vehicles/vehicles driving in the same direction
The Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking (RCTA-B) does not respond to targets in blind spots of the sensor. The Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking (RCTA-B) cannot detect vehicles behind this vehicle through obstacles or parked vehicles.
For example, the Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking (RCTA-B) cannot detect rear crossing vehicles in the following situations, which include but are not limited to:
Stopping in the innermost position
The parking space is at an angle.
The following situations may lead to a radar recognition disorder and affect the performance of the Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking (RCTA-B), which include but are not limited to:
Misplaced or blocked radar, or covered with mud, ice and snow, metal plates, tapes, labels, leaves, etc.
The radar or the area surrounding it is impacted due to a vehicle collision, scratch, etc.
Extreme weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze, which may affect radar performance
Due to the limitation of radar target recognition characteristics, in rare special circumstances, false alarms may occur for some metal barriers, green belts, cement walls, etc.
Warning在极端恶劣天气包括并不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等,此功能不建议您使用。
This feature is not recommended for use in bad weather conditions, including but not limited to heavy rain, snow, fog, and haze.
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully described all the conditions that may affect the normal operation of the Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking (RCTA-B) system. There are many factors that may interfere with the Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) and Assist System. In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions.
Active Lane Change (ALC)
The Active Lane Change (ALC) adds a lane change assistance function on the basis of realizing lane centering control. After enabling this function in Settings, the system will assist the vehicle to complete the lane change by toggling the turn light lever when the environment and road conditions meet certain requirements.
The Active Lane Change (ALC) is applicable to high speed roads. The current and target lanes must be well lit, have clear lane markings and space to change lanes.
As a driving assist feature, Active Lane Change cannot handle all situations in all traffic, weather, and road conditions.
You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions and make your own decision on whether to use Active Lane Change if it is safe. You should always be ready to take over when you find that the conditions of the traffic, road, or the vehicle are not suitable for Active Lane Change, or there are other unsafe factors.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for changing lanes safely and complying with current traffic laws and regulations.
Enable/Disable the Active Lane Change (ALC)
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driver Assistance > Active Lane Change (ALC) to enable or disable this function.
Operating conditions for the Active Lane Change (ALC):
The driver's hands on the steering wheel.
The Lane Centering Control (LCC) is enabled and operating normally.
The Active Lane Change (ALC) is enabled and operating normally.
The sensor functions properly and the field of view is clear.
The vehicle speed is about 60-130 km/h.
The current and target lanes meet all the safety conditions to change lanes. For example:
The lane marking on the side of the lane change is a dotted line.
The curvatures of the current and target lanes are small.
The vehicle maintains a safe distance between itself and vehicles in front of and behind it in the current and target lanes.
There is no Blind Spot Detection (BSD) and Lane Change Alert (LCA) and other alarms in the target lane.
The lane markings on both sides of the target lane are clear.
None of the components for the Active Lane Change (ALC) are faulty and the vehicle meets all safety conditions. For example:
No malfunction with the turn light
Driver seating status
The driver has fastened the seat belt
All doors are closed
Your vehicle is in gear position D
The driver does not step on the brake pedal
Anti-lock brake system, traction control system and vehicle stability control system are not triggered
Enabling the Active Lane Change (ALC) function in Settings does not mean that the function has been activated.
After meeting the operating conditions, you must perform a visual check to confirm the safety of the lane change environment, and then toggle the turn light lever on the corresponding side. The system will detect if your hands are on the steering wheel.
The system will activate the Active Lane Change (ALC) function to assist the lane change if it detects that the conditions to change lanes have been met. At this time, the dynamic environment simulation will display the light band on the corresponding side turning blue and disappearing after a successful lane change. After the lane change is completed, please confirm that the turn light lever has been toggled back.
The system will not perform the lane change if it detects that the conditions to change lanes has not been met and the dynamic environment simulation will display the light band on the corresponding side turning red.
Before or during a lane change, toggle the turn light lever in the opposite direction of the lane change to cancel the lane change. When the following situations occur, the lane change will be interrupted, and you will be reminded through the digital instrument cluster and sound alerts of the need to take control of your vehicle:
The Active Lane Change (ALC) detects an unsafe lane change environment, such as when the activation alarms for Blind Spot Detection (BSD) and Lane Change Alert (LCA) go off.
Steer Assist is exited for reasons such as taking over the steering wheel control, unclear lane markings, and passing through excessively curved bends.
Adaptive Cruise Control and Steer Assist are exited at the same time for reasons such as pressing the
button and depressing the brake pedal.
CautionALC 每次只能变换一个车道。
Active Lane Change can only change one lane at a time.
Caution夜晚若光线、视野不佳,车道线不清晰,可能无法完成辅助变道。
Assisted lane changes may fail if the light and visibility are poor at night, or when lane lines are not clear.
Active Lane Change may suddenly be canceled due to unexpected circumstances. Please always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and be prepared to take over at any time.
You must always confirm if it is safe and appropriate before and when changing lanes. Please note that Active Lane Change cannot respond to pedestrians, obstacles, oncoming vehicles, etc. Never rely solely on Active Lane Change to choose a driving path. You always bear the ultimate responsibility for changing lanes safely.
Dynamic Environment Simulation Display
Active Lane Change (ALC) is making a lane change.
Active Lane Change (ALC) suspends or cannot make a lane change.
Active Lane Change (ALC) completes the lane change.
The dynamic environment simulation display can only be used as a reference and cannot perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the dynamic environment simulation display.
Precautions and Restrictions
The following situations may prevent the Active Lane Change (ALC) from completing the lane change or operating as expected, requiring the driver to take control of the steering wheel at any time, which include but are not limited to:
Passing through bends with excessive curvature, such as high-speed ramps
The lane markings of the current lane and target lane are not clear, worn, missing, crossed, or shaded by other vehicles or buildings or scenery
Passing through road sections without lane markings, such as non-standard roads, intersections and construction areas
Passing through areas with unclear lane division, such as areas with merging or dividing lane markings, high-speed ramp crossings, urban intersection zones and left turn waiting zones
Passing through road sections with special lane markings, such as speed reduction markings and channelizing-line markings
There are edges or other high-contrast lines on roads instead of lane markings, such as pavement joints and curbs
Lane markings cannot be recognized or are not recognized correctly due to height change, such as on the uphill and downhill
Lane markings cannot be recognized or are not recognized correctly due to light, such as reflection of lane markings caused by strong light, poor visibility or insufficient light caused by bad weather and or at night
The distance between the lane markings on both sides of the current lane or the target lane is too wide or too narrow
The following situations may lead to a camera recognition disorder, thus making it impossible to complete the lane change assistance, which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of camera
Blocked or dirty camera
Limited recognition at night
Dark surroundings, such as at dawn, dusk, night, in tunnels
Sudden changes in ambient brightness, such as tunnel entrances or exits
Large shadows cast by buildings, landscapes or large vehicles
Camera directly exposed to light
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead that falls onto your vehicle
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, wiper, ice, snow, etc. on the windshield in front of the camera
Wet roads
The following situations may lead to a radar recognition disorder, thus making it impossible to complete the lane change assistance, which include but are not limited to:
Misplaced or blocked radar, or covered with mud, ice and snow, metal plates, tapes, labels, leaves, etc.
The radar or the area surrounding it is impacted due to a vehicle collision, scratch, etc.
Extreme weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze, which may affect radar performance
Due to the limitation of radar target recognition characteristics, in rare special circumstances, false alarms may occur for some metal barriers, green belts, cement walls, etc.
The following situations may lead to a LiDAR recognition disorder, affect the function of lane change assistance, and even cause the function to deactivate, which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of LiDAR
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead
Driving on wet or waterlogged roads
Obstructions such as water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, ice, snow, tinted or transparent film on the LiDAR window
Overheating of the LiDAR caused by prolonged sun exposure
Due to the limitation of LiDAR characteristics, in rare special cases, false alarms may occur for the traffic signs/high-speed anti-collision barrels in high-speed/elevated sections
The Active Lane Change (ALC) may leak or misdetect obstacles in the target and current lanes. You must always confirm whether it is safe and appropriate to change lanes before and during the lane change. The targets below may not be identified, and may trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
Side-crossing vehicles
Motorcycles, tricycles
The targets below will not trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
Active Lane Change cannot guarantee the recognition of special-shaped targets. Please pay extra attention, especially at night, to targets. Such vehicles include vehicles with a covered rear or irregular shape, vehicles with a rear below a certain height, and unladen carriers.
Active Lane Change may miss stationary or slow-moving vehicles, especially at night when the driver needs to pay extra attention.
It is not recommended to use Active Lane Change (ALC) in special or complex road conditions, which include but are not limited to:
Waterlogged roads, muddy roads, potholes, ice- and snow-covered roads, roads with speed bumps, roads with obstacles
Traffic conditions with a lot of pedestrians, bicycles or animals
Complex and changeable traffic conditions, such as busy intersections, expressway ramps, congested roads
Winding and turning roads, rapid turning roads
Uphill and downhill roads
Rough roads
Narrow roads
Tunnel entrances and exits
Non-standard roads
Roads without a median
Warning在极端恶劣天气包括并不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等,此功能不建议您使用。
This feature is not recommended for use in bad weather conditions, including but not limited to heavy rain, snow, fog, and haze.
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully covered all the situations that may affect the normal operation of the Active Lane Change (ALC) system. There are many factors that may interfere with the Active Lane Change (ALC) system. In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Lane Centering Control (LCC)
Lane Centering Control (LCC) provides the Steer Assist function to keep the vehicle in the lane on the basis of the vehicle speed control and distance maintenance functions under Adaptive Cruise Control. Lane Centering Control (LCC) uses high-definition cameras, radar and LiDAR to detect vehicles ahead on the driving path, so as to actively control the speed of the vehicle and maintain the distance between itself and the vehicle ahead. Lane Centering Control (LCC) uses high-definition cameras to identify lane markings as well. When the lane markings on both sides are clear, it can assist steering to keep the vehicle in the current lane.
Lane Centering Control (LCC), as driving assistance, is unable to achieve Pilot capabilities, so the driver shall keep both hands on the steering wheel and stay focused, ready to take control of the vehicle at any time.
Lane Centering Control (LCC) is mainly for use on closed roads with clear lane markings and restricted access, such as expressways, elevated main roads or congested road sections.
Lane Centering Control will strive to keep the vehicle in the lane when there are clear lane lines on both sides. Special road conditions and poor lighting on rainy days or at nighttime may result in impaired lane recognition, failure to keep the vehicle in the lane, or scratching. In this case, it is suggested that you temporarily turn off Lane Centering Control and switch to Adaptive Cruise Control.
As a driving assist feature, Lane Centering Control cannot handle all situations in all traffic, weather and road conditions.
You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and decide to use Lane Centering Control or not after your safety is ensured.
You should always be ready to take over when you find that the conditions of the traffic, road or the vehicle are not suitable for enabling Lane Centering Control, or there are other unsafe factors.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for maintaining an appropriate distance and speed and complying with applicable traffic laws and regulations.
As a feature for driving comfort, and not for preventing collision, Lane Centering Control has a limited maximum deceleration that is less than the maximum deceleration required by Automatic Emergency Brake and manual driving scenarios. Therefore, never rely solely on Lane Centering Control to decelerate the vehicle when avoiding a collision.
Lane Centering Control may fail to stop your vehicle or maintain a safe distance from the lead vehicle when the relative speed between your vehicle and the lead vehicle is great. In this case, exit Lane Centering Control immediately. Do not rely on Lane Centering Control to bring your vehicle to a complete stop regardless of whether it is following a stationary vehicle or a lead vehicle.
WarningLane Centering Control has a limited steering torque that is less than the maximum steering force required in normal driving scenarios. Therefore, do not rely solely on Lane Centering Control to steer your vehicle. You should always be prepared to take over the steering, especially when navigating curves.
Lane Centering Control has a limited steering torque that is less than the maximum steering force required in normal driving scenarios. Therefore, do not rely solely on Lane Centering Control to steer your vehicle. You should always be prepared to take over the steering, especially when navigating curves.
Please take over the steering immediately when cornering, turning around, and driving on winding roads or roads with sharp curves. Do not rely on Lane Centering Control in these situations due to limited visibility of lanes.
Activating/Deactivating Lane Centering Control (LCC)
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, click
Driver Assistance > Driver Assistance Mode and choose
Lane Centering to turn this function on or off.
Turning on
Lane Centering in the Settings does not mean that LLC is activated.
Middle button: activates or deactivates Lane Centering Control (LCC)
Up button: increase or resume the cruising speed
Down button: decrease the cruising speed
Left button: decrease the following distance
Right button: increase the following distance
Set cruising speed
Target vehicle ahead
Following time and distance
Status ring of Lane Centering Control (LCC)
When the ring does not appear: Lane Centering Control (LCC) is not activated, or the conditions for activation have not been met
When the ring is gray: Lane Centering Control (LCC) is in standby and can be reactivated
When the ring is gray and flashing: Lane Centering Control (LCC) is in Steer Assist standby, possesses the Adaptive Cruise Control functions and is now searching for lane markings
When the ring is blue with the lane highlighted in gray: Lane Centering Control (LCC) is fully active and possesses the Adaptive Cruise Control and Steer Assist functions
When the operating conditions are met, press the Middle button
to activate Lane Centering Control (LCC).
If the lane markings on both sides are clear and the vehicle is in the center of the current lane, activating Steer Assist will activate Adaptive Cruise Control as well.
If the lane markings on both sides are unclear or the vehicle is not in the center of the current lane, it will first activate Adaptive Cruise Control and start searching for lane markings, and then activate Steer Assist when the conditions are met.
Lane Centering Control (LCC) is available at a vehicle speed of 0-180 km/h, or 0-110 mph.
If the vehicle speed is less than 30 km/h (20 mph), 30 km/h (20 mph) will be set as the cruising speed
If the vehicle speed is higher than 30 km/h (20 mph) but not higher than 180 km/h (110 mph), the current vehicle speed will be set as the cruising speed
When Lane Centering Control (LCC) activates Adaptive Cruise Control and starts searching for lane markings, you can release the accelerator pedal, and the system will maintain the set cruising speed.
If there is a vehicle ahead, Lane Centering Control (LCC) will adjust the speed of your vehicle according to the speed and distance of the vehicle ahead, and the maximum speed will not exceed the cruising speed
When there is no vehicle ahead, Lane Centering Control (LCC) will quickly adjust the speed of your vehicle to the cruising speed
When Lane Centering Control (LCC) activates Steer Assist, it will actively assist with steering control, however, please keep your hands lightly on the steering wheel. The pressure of your hands may have a slight effect on the steer assist control, please pay close attention to the driving situation, and be ready to take control of the steering wheel at any time to control the direction of the vehicle.
The steering wheel turns when Lane Centering Control (LCC) is controlling the steering. When Lane Centering Control (LCC) is actively accelerating, the accelerator pedal does not move; when it’s decelerating, the brake pedal may move.
Working condition for Lane Centering Control (LCC):
The speed does not exceed 180 km/h or 110 mph
High-definition cameras, radar and LiDAR functioning properly with a clear view
No components of Lane Centering Control (LCC) are faulty
The function cannot be activated when the steering angle of the steering wheel is too large
Your vehicle meets all safety conditions, such as:
The driver's hands on the steering wheel
Driver seating status
The driver has fastened the seat belt
All doors are closed
Your vehicle is in D gear
The driver does not step on the brake pedal
Anti-lock brake system, traction control system and vehicle stability control system are not triggered
To adjust the speed under Lane Centering Control (LCC)
When Lane Centering Control (LCC) is active, go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap
Driver Assistance > Cruising Speed Adjustment, and select the appropriate way to adjust the cruising speed.
The cruising speed can be adjusted by:
Short press to +1, long press to +5
Short press the Up or Down button on the left side of the steering wheel to increase/decrease the cruising speed by 1 km/h
Long press the Up or Down button on the left side of the steering wheel to increase/decrease the cruising speed to the closest 5 km/h increment, that is, if the speed is 82 km/h, long press the Up button on the left side of the steering wheel, and the speed will be increased to 85 km/h.
Long press to +1, short press to +5
Long press the Up or Down button on the left side of the steering wheel to increase/decrease the cruising speed by 1 km/h
Short press the Up or Down button on the left side of the steering wheel to increase/decrease the cruising speed to the closest 5 km/h increment, that is, if the speed is 82 km/h, short press the Up button on the left side of the steering wheel, and the speed will be increased to 85 km/h
The maximum set speed for Lane Centering Control (LCC) is 180 km/h, or 110 mph.
The minimum set speed for Lane Centering Control (LCC) is 30 km/h, but it allows the vehicle to decelerate to 0 km/h when following the vehicle ahead.
Caution首次开启该功能默认为长按+1 短按+5。 巡航车速调节无法通过NOMI 语音调整。
To activate it for the first time, press and hold +1, or press shortly +5.
When driving with this feature on, if the system detects that you are not in a normal driving state (e.g., you are not holding the steering wheel for an extended period of time, you are distracted and fatigued for an extended period of time, or you are out of your seat), it will activate Emergency Active Stop when the normal operating conditions for the system are met.
To adjust the following time and speed under Lane Centering Control (LCC)
When the system is active or to be activated, the following time and distance can be adjusted in 5 settings.
Press the Right button on the left side of the steering wheel to set the following time and distance to a farther setting
Press the Left button on the left side of the steering wheel to set the following time and distance to a closer setting
Takeover and Resume
When driving with Lane Centering Control (LCC) active, you can actively take control of the vehicle by stepping on the accelerator pedal or turning the steering wheel. Lane Centering Control (LCC) will no longer respond to the target vehicle ahead when you actively take control by heavily stepping on the accelerator pedal.
Lane Centering Control (LCC) will re-activate Adaptive Cruise Control as soon as you release the pedal.
Lane Centering Control (LCC) and Steer Assist will retreat to the standby status for the time being when you actively take control by turning the steering wheel, but Adaptive Cruise Control will remain active and search for lane markings, during which time you will be controlling the direction of the vehicle.
When you stop turning the steering wheel, if the lane markings on both sides are clear and the vehicle is in the center of the current lane, Steer Assist will be automatically resumed.
After you exit Lane Centering Control (LCC) by pressing
or depressing the brake pedal, you can activate it again by pressing the Up button on the left side of the steering wheel, and you can restore the vehicle's speed to the previously set cruising speed.
When Lane Centering Control (LCC) stops the vehicle as the vehicle ahead stops, you can press the Up button on the left side of the steering wheel, or step on the accelerator pedal to restore the previously set cruising speed.
Reactivate Lane Centering Control (LCC), activate Adaptive Cruise Control first which will start searching for lane markings and, if the lane markings on both sides are clear and the vehicle is in the center of the current lane, activate Steer Assist.
CautionWhen Lane Centering Control is functioning properly:
When Lane Centering Control is functioning properly:
If Active Lane Change (ALC) is enabled in Settings and the required conditions are met, the vehicle will change lanes automatically when you toggle the turn signal lever. For more details, please refer to "Active Lane Change (ALC)" in the User Manual.
If Active Lane Change (ALC) is not enabled in Settings, toggling the turn signal lever will put Steering Assist on standby, which requires you to take over the steering promptly. During this time, Adaptive Cruise Control will remain on and continue searching for lane lines. When the required conditions are met, Steering Assist will resume automatically.
CautionWhen Steering Assist functions properly and Active Lane Change (ALC) is not enabled in Settings, please take over the steering and exit Steering Assist if you need to change lanes.
When Steering Assist functions properly and Active Lane Change (ALC) is not enabled in Settings, please take over the steering and exit Steering Assist if you need to change lanes.
WarningSteering Assist may fail to operate as intended in certain situations or disengage to standby while providing sound and text alerts to remind you to take over steering. During this time, Adaptive Cruise Control will remain on and continue searching for lane lines. When the required conditions are met, Steering Assist will resume automatically. including but not limited to:
Steering Assist may fail to operate as intended in certain situations or disengage to standby while providing sound and text alerts to remind you to take over steering. During this time, Adaptive Cruise Control will remain on and continue searching for lane lines. When the required conditions are met, Steering Assist will resume automatically. including but not limited to:
The vehicle is navigating sharp curves, such as on expressway ramps.
Lane lines are unclear, worn, missing, overlapping, or obscured by shadows cast by other vehicles, buildings, or landscape features.
The road section has no lane lines, such as non-standard roads, intersections, or construction areas.
The road section has special lane lines, such as deceleration lines or diversion lines.
Lane lines are not clearly divided, such as lane lines merging or diverting, expressway ramps, urban intersections, left-turn waiting areas, etc.
There are edges or other high-contrast lines on the road instead of lane lines, such as road joints or curbs.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to changes in height, such as on sloped roads.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to lighting conditions, such as strong light which leads to reflective lane lines, and poor visibility or insufficient light due to bad weather or at night.
The lanes are too wide or too narrow.
Deactivating Lane Centering Control (LCC)
Lane Centering Control (LCC) will be deactivated, and will no longer be in active control of speed and direction, and alert you when:
The steering wheel button
is pressed
The brake pedal is depressed
In addition, when the working conditions are no longer met, Lane Centering Control (LCC) will be automatically deactivated, and you should take control of the brake pedal, accelerator pedal and steering wheel immediately after that to take control of the speed and direction of the vehicle.
Dynamic Environment Simulation Display
Standby for Steer Assist has the Adaptive Cruise Control functions and will search for lane markings. You will be controlling the direction of the vehicle.
Fully active, which has the Adaptive Cruise Control and Steer Assist functions.
Deactivated and returned to the standby state, when you can re-activate Lane Centering Control (LCC) by pressing the button.
The dynamic environment simulation display can only be used as a reference and cannot perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the dynamic environment simulation display.
Caution当两侧车道线都不清晰,但近距离正前方有符合条件的车辆时,爱车可在短时间内跟车行驶。
When neither lane line is clear, but there is a vehicle in front that meets requirements, your vehicle can follow the lead vehicle for a short time.
When lane lines are unclear on both sides and your vehicle is following the lead vehicle, you may collide with other vehicles in adjacent lanes if the lead vehicle changes lanes at a slow speed. Therefore, you need to be prepared to take over at any time to ensure your safety.
Keep your hands on the steering wheel and eyes on the road ahead when driving with Lane Centering Control (LCC) active.
When the system detects that your hands have been off of the steering wheel and your eyes have been off of the road ahead for a period of time, dynamic environment simulation will display “Please keep your hands on the steering wheel” or “Please concentrate on driving”, and alert you audibly.
When the system detects that your hands have been off of the steering wheel and your eyes have been off of the road ahead for a period of time, dynamic environment simulation will display “Pilot is about to be deactivated, please put your hands on the steering wheel immediately”, or “Pilot is about to be deactivated, please take control of the vehicle immediately”, and keep alerting you audibly.
When the system detects that your hands have been off of the steering wheel and your eyes have been off of the road ahead for a period of time, dynamic environment simulation will display “Emergency Active Stop (EAS) is activated, the vehicle is about to stop” and alert you audibly, accompanied by a NOMI voice prompt of “The vehicle is stopping” and double flashing lights.
When the system detects that your hands are on the steering wheel and your eyes are on the road ahead, the warning will disappear.
Maintaining Safe Distance
When dynamic environment simulation displays the “Please drive with caution, the distance to the vehicle ahead is too close” warning, it means that there is a risk of collision because the maximum deceleration available to Lane Centering Control (LCC) can no longer maintain a safe distance, and you need to take control of the brake pedal and steering wheel immediately to take control of the speed and direction of the vehicle.
Warning如您发现危险,切勿等待该警示出现再采取行动,请立刻接管车辆。
If you encounter a dangerous situation, do not wait for a warning before taking action and take over immediately.
Following Start/Stop
When Lane Centering Control (LCC) stops the vehicle as the vehicle ahead stops
If the vehicle ahead starts, Lane Centering Control (LCC) will follow it and actively start the vehicle as well. You need to pay attention to the surrounding environment at all times to prevent collision accidents from occurring;
When the vehicle stops as the vehicle ahead stops for more than about 5 seconds, before it starts again to follow the vehicle ahead, it will alert you audibly;
When the vehicle stops as the vehicle ahead stops for more than 5 seconds, and the system detects obstacles ahead that may affect driving, dynamic environment simulation will display “the vehicle ahead starts moving” prompt, and you need to re-activate Following Start by pressing the Up button on the left side of the steering wheel or stepping on the accelerator pedal after checking the surroundings;
After approximately 5 minutes, Lane Centering Control (LCC) will be deactivated and Electronic Parking will be activated instead.
After Lane Centering Control (LCC) stops the vehicle as the vehicle ahead stops, it will start the vehicle again only when the distance to the vehicle ahead exceeds 4 meters.
Intelligent Speed Limit Control
Once activated, when the vehicle is driving on a highway or overpass under Lane Centering Control (LCC), it will alert you to change the speed limit when it detects a change in the road speed limit. You can manually confirm to keep the cruising speed consistent with the current road speed limit.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and click
Driver Assistance > Intelligent Speed Limit Control to turn this function on or off.
Intelligent Speed Control is only a supplement to, and does not function as a substitute for, your visual observation. Never rely solely on the speed limit information recognized by Traffic Sign Recognition.
When the speed of the vehicle exceeds the speed limit of the road, you will be visually alerted of overspeed.
As a driving assist feature, Intelligent Speed Control cannot handle all situations in all traffic, weather and road conditions. You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and make your own decision on whether to use Traffic Sign Recognition and Intelligent Speed Control if it is safe.
Currently, Intelligent Speed Control does not work in complex road conditions such as ramps.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving safely and complying with applicable traffic laws and regulations.
Intelligent Speed Control combines the speed limit information from the map to display the speed limit information on the digital instrument cluster. No speed limit information will be displayed when no speed limit information source is available from the map.
The dynamic environment simulation display can only be used as a reference and cannot perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the dynamic environment simulation display.
Precautions and Restrictions
The following situations may cause the camera to identify obstacles, affect the performance of Lane Centering Control (LCC), or even cause deactivation, which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of camera
Blocked or dirty camera
Limited recognition at night
Dark surroundings, such as at dawn, dusk, night, in tunnels
Sudden changes in ambient brightness, such as tunnel entrances or exits
Large shadows cast by buildings, landscapes or large vehicles
Camera directly exposed to light
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead that falls onto your vehicle
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, wiper, ice, snow, etc. on the windshield in front of the camera
Wet roads
The following situations may cause the radar to identify obstacles, affect the performance of Lane Centering Control (LCC), or even cause deactivation, which include but are not limited to:
Misplaced or blocked radar, or covered with mud, ice and snow, metal plates, tapes, labels, leaves, etc.
The radar or the area surrounding it is impacted due to a vehicle collision, scratch, etc.
Extreme weather such as heavy rain, snow, fog, which may affect radar performance
Due to the limitation of radar target recognition characteristics, in rare special circumstances, false alarms may occur for some metal barriers, green belts, cement walls, etc.
The following situations may cause the LiDAR to identify obstacles, affect the performance of Lane Centering Control (LCC), or even cause deactivation, which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of LiDAR
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead
Driving on wet or waterlogged roads
Obstructions such as water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, ice, snow, tinted or transparent film on the LiDAR window
Overheating of the LiDAR caused by prolonged sun exposure
Due to the limitation of LiDAR characteristics, in rare special cases, false alarms may occur for the traffic signs/high-speed anti-collision barrels in high-speed/elevated sections
The vehicle will only respond to Lane Centering Control (LCC) when the conditions are met The targets below may not be identified, and may trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
Transverse vehicles
Motorcycles, tricycles
The targets below will not trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
Pedestrians
Bicycles
Traffic cones
Animals
Traffic lights
Walls
Roadblocks
Oncoming vehicles
Other non-vehicle objects
The following situations may cause the late recognition and response of Lane Centering Control (LCC) because the target is not directly ahead, which include but are not limited to:
Lane Centering Control (LCC) will not respond to targets in the sensor blind zone. For example, it cannot detect the blind spots at the corners of the vehicle and the blind spots on the sides of the vehicle.
When approaching or turning along the road, some targets may be mis-selected or missed, resulting in the unexpected acceleration and deceleration of the vehicle.
When going uphill, it may miss a target or misjudge the distance between itself and the vehicle ahead. When going downhill, it may accelerate the vehicle, causing it to exceed the cruising speed.
When only part of the body of a vehicle in the adjacent lane cuts in front of your vehicle (especially when it’s a larger vehicle cutting in, like a bus, truck, etc.), it may not be able to recognize the target in a responsive manner and require you to take control in time.
When your vehicle abruptly cuts into the rear of the vehicle ahead, or another vehicle abruptly cuts into or out of the front of your vehicle, it may not be able to recognize the target in a responsive manner and require you to take control in time.
In rare cases, this feature may accelerate your vehicle even when it is not necessary or intended due to a change in, or loss of, the target (especially when cornering or changing lanes).
In rare cases, this feature may apply the vehicle’s brakes when it is not necessary or intended due to the detection of vehicles or objects, or a change in, or loss of, a stationary target in the adjacent lane (especially when cornering or changing lanes).
When following the lead vehicle, if your vehicle or the lead vehicle switches out of the current lane, acceleration may be restricted by this feature for a certain period of time for your safety. You can take over by pressing the accelerator pedal.
This feature does not guarantee that the target can be accurately recognized in all situations. Please drive with caution and take over promptly if you find that the lane lines shown in the dynamic environment simulation do not match the actual situation. For example:
A vehicle is in front of you, but the digital instrument cluster shows none.
No vehicle is in front of you, but the digital instrument cluster shows a vehicle.
When driving in special or complex road conditions, it is not recommended to activate Lane Centering Control (LCC) because it may affect the performance of Adaptive Cruise Control and Hold, or even cause deactivation, which include but are not limited to:
Waterlogged roads, muddy roads, potholes, ice- and snow-covered roads, roads with speed bumps, roads with obstacles
Traffic conditions with a lot of pedestrians, bicycles or animals
Complex and changeable traffic conditions, such as busy intersections, expressway ramps, congested roads
Winding and turning roads, rapid turning roads
Uphill and downhill roads
Rough roads
Narrow roads
Tunnel entrances and exits
Non-standard roads
Roads without a median
In the following situations, if the vehicle is driving too fast relative to the vehicle ahead, Lane Centering Control (LCC) may be subject to limited control, which will result in an inability to maintain a safe distance in a responsive manner, which include but are not limited to:
Sudden maneuvers of the vehicle ahead (such as sudden turns, acceleration, deceleration, etc.)
Another vehicle abruptly cutting in or out of the front of your vehicle
Your vehicle abruptly cutting in behind the vehicle ahead
Your vehicle driving towards a stationary or slow-moving target at a high speed
It may not be able to provide sufficient braking force in the following situations, which include but are not limited to:
The brake function cannot fully work (such as when brake parts are too cold, too hot, wet, etc.)
Improper vehicle maintenance (excessive wear of the brake or tires, abnormal tire pressure, etc.)
The vehicle is driving on special roads (such as uphill and downhill, water, mud, potholes, ice and snow roads, etc.)
Warning在极端恶劣天气包括并不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等,此功能不建议您使用。
This feature is not recommended for use in bad weather conditions, including but not limited to heavy rain, snow, fog, and haze.
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully covered all the situations that may affect the normal operation of the Lane Centering Control (LCC) system. There are many factors that may interfere with the Lane Centering Control (LCC) system. In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) can be used to sync your vehicle's speed automatically with the speed of the vehicle ahead. When there is no target in front of your vehicle to respond to, your vehicle will drive at the set speed. When there is a target to respond to, your vehicle will automatically control its speed to try to maintain the following distance you set.
Adaptive Cruise Control can only be used to control longitudinal speed and distance. This system includes the start and stop function of Adaptive Cruise Control, which allows your vehicle to follow the vehicle ahead till it stops (certain deceleration conditions need to be met). If the vehicle ahead drives away in a short amount of time, your vehicle can automatically start and follow. If the vehicle ahead remains stationary for a period of time, your vehicle will enter the parking state.
Adaptive Cruise Control is mainly applicable to long-distance driving on dry and smooth standardized straight roads, such as highways, expressways, and long straight roads.
As a driving assist feature, Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control cannot handle all situations in all traffic, weather and road conditions.
Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control controls the speed, but not the direction, of your vehicle.
You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and make your own decision on whether to use Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control if it is safe. You should always be ready to take over if you find that the conditions of the traffic, road or the vehicle are not suitable for Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control, or there are other unsafe factors. You always bear the ultimate responsibility for maintaining an appropriate distance and speed and complying with current traffic laws and regulations.
The following behaviors are prohibited when driving:
Relying solely on the system
Using the feature in bad weather conditions
Using the system in an environment where there are many pedestrians, bicycles, or animals
Using the system on non-standardized roads, such as roads under construction or private roads
Hands off the steering wheel
Eyes off the road
WarningAs a feature for driving comfort, and not for preventing collision, Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control has a limited maximum deceleration that is less than the maximum deceleration required by Autonomous Emergency Brake and manual driving scenarios. Therefore, never rely solely on Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control to decelerate the vehicle when avoiding a collision. Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control may fail to stop your vehicle or maintain a safe distance from the lead vehicle when the relative speed between your vehicle and the lead vehicle is great. In this case, press the brake pedal immediately for your safety. Do not rely on Adaptive Cruise Control to bring your vehicle to a full stop following the stationary vehicle or the lead vehicle in this situation.
As a feature for driving comfort, and not for preventing collision, Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control has a limited maximum deceleration that is less than the maximum deceleration required by Autonomous Emergency Brake and manual driving scenarios. Therefore, never rely solely on Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control to decelerate the vehicle when avoiding a collision.
Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control may fail to stop your vehicle or maintain a safe distance from the lead vehicle when the relative speed between your vehicle and the lead vehicle is great. In this case, press the brake pedal immediately for your safety. Do not rely on Adaptive Cruise Control to bring your vehicle to a full stop following the stationary vehicle or the lead vehicle in this situation.
Activating Adaptive Cruise Control
Middle button
: activate or exit Adaptive Cruise Control
Up button: increase or resume the cruising speed
Down button: decrease the cruising speed
Left button: decrease the following distance
Right button: increase the following distance
When the operating conditions of Adaptive Cruise Control are met, press the Middle button on the left side of the steering wheel
to activate Adaptive Cruise Control.
Adaptive Cruise Control can be activated at the vehicle speed of 0-180 km/h (0-110 mph).
If the vehicle speed is less than 30 km/h (20 mph), 30 km/h (20 mph) will be set as the cruising speed
If the vehicle speed is higher than 30 km/h (20 mph) but not higher than 180 km/h (110 mph), the current vehicle speed will be set as the cruising speed
When Adaptive Cruise Control is activated, you can release the accelerator pedal to maintain the set cruising speed.
If there is a vehicle ahead, Adaptive Cruise Control will adjust the speed of your vehicle according to the speed and distance of the vehicle ahead, and the maximum speed will not exceed the cruising speed
When there is no vehicle ahead, Adaptive Cruise Control will quickly adjust the speed of your vehicle to the cruising speed
When driving by using Adaptive Cruise Control, you can depress the accelerator pedal hard at any time to take over your vehicle in a short amount of time. At this time, Adaptive Cruise Control will no longer respond to the target vehicle ahead, and your vehicle will be completely under your control. When you release the accelerator pedal, your vehicle will return to the cruising speed.
When Adaptive Cruise Control actively accelerates your vehicle, the accelerator pedal will not move. When Adaptive Cruise Control decelerates your vehicle, the brake pedal may move.
After you exit Adaptive Cruise Control by pressing the Middle button
on the left side of the steering wheel or depressing the brake pedal, you can activate it again by pressing the Up button on the left side of the steering wheel, and you can restore the vehicle's speed to the previously set cruising speed. If you press the Up button on the left side of the steering wheel while depressing the accelerator pedal, the current speed will be set as the cruising speed. The maximum set speed is 180 km/h (110 mph).
Operating Conditions of Adaptive Cruise Control:
The high-definition camera, LiDAR and radar function normally, and the field of vision is clear
No components of Adaptive Cruise Control are faulty
Your vehicle meets all safety conditions, such as:
Driver seating status
The driver's hands on the steering wheel
The driver has fastened the seat belt
All doors are closed
Your vehicle is in gear position D
The driver does not step on the brake pedal
Anti-lock brake system, traction control system and vehicle stability control system are not triggered
The function cannot be activated when the steering angle of the steering wheel is too large
When driving with this feature on, if the system detects that you are not in a normal driving state (e.g., you are not holding the steering wheel for an extended period of time, you are distracted and fatigued for an extended period of time, or you are out of your seat), it will activate Emergency Active Stop when the normal operating conditions for the system are met.
Deactivating Adaptive Cruise Control
Adaptive Cruise Control is deactivated when:
The steering wheel button
is pressed
The brake pedal is depressed
In addition, when the conditions for Adaptive Cruise Control are not met, it will be automatically deactivated. You can take control of the vehicle immediately after Adaptive Cruise Control is deactivated.
After Adaptive Cruise Control is deactivated, the vehicle may slow down due to regenerative braking, and will not be able to maintain the set distance between itself and the vehicle ahead.
Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control may be canceled suddenly due to unexpected circumstances. Please always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and be prepared to take over at any time.
Adjusting Vehicle Speed with Adaptive Cruise Control
When Adaptive Cruise Control is active, go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap
Driver Assistance > Cruising Speed Adjustment, and select the appropriate way to adjust the cruising speed.
The cruising speed can be adjusted by:
Short press to +1, long press to +5
Short press the Up or Down button on the left side of the steering wheel to increase/decrease the cruising speed by 1 km/h
Long press the Up or Down button on the left side of the steering wheel to increase/decrease the cruising speed to the closest 5 km/h increment, that is, if the speed is 82 km/h, long press the Up button on the left side of the steering wheel, and the speed will be increased to 85 km/h.
Long press to +1, short press to +5
Long press the Up or Down button on the left side of the steering wheel to increase/decrease the cruising speed by 1 km/h
Short press the Up or Down button on the left side of the steering wheel to increase/decrease the cruising speed to the closest 5 km/h increment, that is, if the speed is 82 km/h, short press the Up button on the left side of the steering wheel, and the speed will be increased to 85 km/h
The maximum set speed for Adaptive Cruise Control is 180 km/h, or 110 mph.
The minimum set speed for Adaptive Cruise Control is 30 km/h, but it allows the vehicle to decelerate to 0 km/h when following the vehicle ahead.
Caution首次开启该功能默认为长按+1 短按+5。 巡航车速调节无法通过NOMI 语音调整。
To activate it for the first time, press and hold +1, or press shortly +5.
The cruise speed cannot be adjusted via NOMI.
Adjusting Following Time and Distance with Adaptive Cruise Control
When Adaptive Cruise Control is active or in standby, the following time and distance can be adjusted in 5 levels.
Press the Right button on the left side of the steering wheel to set the following time and distance to a farther setting
Press the Left button on the left side of the steering wheel to set the following time and distance to a closer setting
Caution当跟车时间距离被设置较近时,自适应巡航驾驶行为较为激烈,可能会引起不适。
When the time distance to the lead vehicle is set shorter, Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control will respond more aggressively, which may cause a level of discomfort.
Warning您有责任在任何时候确定并保持安全的跟车距离,请勿完全依靠自适应巡航保持车距。
It is your responsibility to determine and maintain a safe following distance at all times. Do not rely solely on Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control to maintain an accurate or appropriate following distance.
Dynamic Environment Simulation Display
Set cruising speed
Target vehicle ahead
Following time and distance
Status ring of Adaptive Cruise Control
When the ring does not appear: Adaptive Cruise Control is not activated, or the conditions for activation are not met
When the ring is gray: Adaptive Cruise Control is in standby and can be reactivated
When the ring is white: Adaptive Cruise Control is active
When the dynamic environment simulation displays the above warning, it means that there is a risk of collision because the maximum deceleration available to Adaptive Cruise Control can no longer maintain the safe distance, and you need to take control of the vehicle immediately.
The dynamic environment simulation display can only be used as a reference and cannot perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the dynamic environment simulation display.
Warning如您发现危险,切勿等待该警示出现再采取行动,请立刻接管车辆。
If you encounter a dangerous situation, do not wait for a warning before taking action and take over immediately.
Following Start/Stop
When the vehicle stops when following the vehicle ahead under Adaptive Cruise Control
If the vehicle ahead starts, Adaptive Cruise Control will follow it and actively start the vehicle as well. You need to pay attention to the surrounding environment at all times to prevent collision accidents from occurring;
When the vehicle is stopped when following the vehicle ahead for no more than 5 minutes, starting while following is available under Adaptive Cruise Control;
When the vehicle is stopped when following the vehicle ahead for over 5 minutes, Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) will be activated and Adaptive Cruise Control will be deactivated;
If the system detects obstacles ahead that may affect driving, making it impossible to follow the vehicle ahead, you may, after checking the surroundings, reactivate Adaptive Cruise Control by stepping on the accelerator pedal
Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control cannot detect other traffic participants in all situations, as this feature may fail, work improperly, or work with delay under the impact of multiple factors.
You must always pay attention to the traffic and road conditions. Never rely solely on Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control to start the vehicle to follow, otherwise personal injury or vehicle damage may occur.
Intelligent Speed Limit Control
Once activated, when the vehicle is driving on a highway or overpass under Adaptive Cruise Control, it will alert you to change the speed limit when a change is detected in the road speed limit. You can manually confirm to keep the cruising speed consistent with the current road speed limit.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and click
Driver Assistance > Intelligent Speed Limit Control to turn this function on or off.
Intelligent Speed Control is only a supplement to, and does not function as a substitute for, your visual observation. Never rely solely on the speed limit information recognized by Traffic Sign Recognition.
When the speed of the vehicle exceeds the speed limit of the road, you will be visually alerted of overspeed.
As a driving assist feature, Intelligent Speed Control cannot handle all situations in all traffic, weather and road conditions. You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and make your own decision on whether to use Traffic Sign Recognition and Intelligent Speed Control if it is safe.
Currently, Intelligent Speed Control does not work in complex road conditions such as ramps.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving safely and complying with applicable traffic laws and regulations.
Intelligent Speed Control combines the speed limit information from the map to display the speed limit information on the digital instrument cluster. No speed limit information will be displayed when no speed limit information source is available from the map.
The dynamic environment simulation display can only be used as a reference and cannot perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the dynamic environment simulation display.
Overtaking Assist Provided by Adaptive Cruise Control
When the vehicle is in following mode under Adaptive Cruise Control, if you turn on the left turn light and steer the steering wheel in an attempt to overtake another vehicle, it will activate acceleration assist to accelerate up to the set cruising speed.
Overtaking Assist can be activated when:
Adaptive Cruise Control is active and has detected a vehicle traveling in the same direction ahead
The current vehicle speed is higher than 50 km/h, but not over the set cruising speed
There is no lane marking or the lane marking is a dashed line on the side of the lane change
The vehicle is at a safe distance from the vehicle ahead
The hazard warning light is not on
No malfunction with the turn light
When the above conditions are met, you can activate Overtaking Assist by toggling the left turn light lever to the bottom. When you turn the steering wheel to the left, Adaptive Cruise Control will maintain the distance between itself and the vehicle ahead, but will allow you to drive slightly closer than the set following distance. During a lane change, Adaptive Cruise Control will accelerate up to the set cruising speed without you stepping on the accelerator pedal.
Your vehicle may decelerate when Overtaking Assist is in operation due to the lead vehicle in the current or target lane, which is highlighted on the digital instrument cluster.
Overtaking Assist function will be deactivated, but Adaptive Cruise Control will remain active, when:
A lane change is completed
Overtaking Assist has been active for too long
The turn light lever is toggled back before the lane change
Caution若自适应巡航工作条件不满足,超车辅助功能和自适应巡航功能将同时退出。
When the operating conditions for Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control are not met, Overtaking Assist and Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control will cancel.
Caution超车辅助只能辅助调整行驶速度,而无法控制行驶方向,您必须始终手动控制方向。
Overtaking Assist only assists in adjusting the vehicle’s driving speed, and cannot control the steering. You must manually control the steering at all times.
Caution超车辅助无法分辨您的“超车”与“左转”意图。
Overtaking Assist is unable to distinguish your intention to overtake from your intention to turn left.
Warning超车辅助仅检测前方车辆,您必须在超车前及超车过程中主动目视检查确认周围超车环境安全。
Overtaking Assist only detects the vehicle in front of you. In order to ensure your safety, you must pay attention to your surroundings before and during the process of overtaking.
When using Overtaking Assist, you should be aware of the possibility of sudden acceleration or a lack of acceleration, and always be prepared to press or fully press the accelerator pedal to take over. Do not rely solely on this feature to overtake other vehicles.
Warning以下情况可能导致超车辅助无法按预期运作,包括但不限于:正在驶近左转弯出口
Overtaking Assist may fail to operate as intended in certain situations, including but not limited to:
Approaching a left-hand exit
Driving on winding roads
The front vehicle’s status in the current or target lane changes suddenly, e.g. sudden deceleration
Obstacles to the side or rear of the vehicle
Precautions and Restrictions
The following situations may cause the camera to identify obstacles, affect the performance of Adaptive Cruise Control, or even cause deactivation, which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of camera
Blocked or dirty camera
Reduced recognition capability due to dim surrounding environments, such as at dawn, dusk, night, or in a tunnel
Sudden changes in ambient brightness, such as tunnel entrances or exits
Large shadows cast by buildings, landscapes or large vehicles
Camera directly exposed to light
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead that falls onto your vehicle
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, wiper, ice, snow, etc. on the windshield in front of the camera
Wet roads
The following situations may cause the LiDAR to identify obstacles, affect the performance of Adaptive Cruise Control, or even cause deactivation, which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of LiDAR
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead
Driving on wet or waterlogged roads
Water, dust, transparent vehicle coverings, color-changing film, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, ice, snowfall and other obstructions on the LiDAR window
Overheating of the LiDAR caused by prolonged sun exposure
Due to the limitation of LiDAR characteristics, in rare special cases, false alarms may occur for the traffic signs/high-speed anti-collision barrels in high-speed/elevated sections
The following situations may cause the radar to identify obstacles, affect the performance of Adaptive Cruise Control, or even cause deactivation, which include but are not limited to:
Misplaced or blocked radar, or covered with mud, ice and snow, metal plates, tapes, labels, leaves, etc.
The radar or the area surrounding it is impacted due to a vehicle collision, scratch, etc.
Extreme weather such as heavy rain, snow, fog, which may affect radar performance
Due to the limitation of radar target recognition characteristics, in rare special circumstances, false alarms may occur for some metal barriers, green belts, cement walls, etc.
The vehicle will only respond to Adaptive Cruise Control when the conditions are met The targets below may not be identified, and may trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
Transverse vehicles
Motorcycles, tricycles
The targets below will not trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
This feature does not guarantee the recognition of special-shaped targets, especially at night or a poor lighting environment where the driver needs to pay extra attention. Such vehicles include vehicles with a covered rear or irregularly-shaped rear, vehicles with a rear below a certain height, and unladen carriers.
This feature may miss stationary or slow-moving vehicles, especially at night when the driver needs to pay extra attention.
The following situations may cause late recognition and response in Adaptive Cruise Control because the target is not directly ahead, which include but are not limited to:
Adaptive Cruise Control will not respond to targets in the sensor blind zone. For example, Adaptive Cruise Control cannot detect the blind spots at the corners of the vehicle and the blind spots on the sides of the vehicle
When approaching or turning along a road, some targets may be mis-selected or missed, resulting in unexpected acceleration and deceleration of the vehicle
When going uphill, it may miss a target or misjudge the distance between itself and the vehicle ahead. When going downhill, it may accelerate the vehicle, causing it to exceed the cruising speed
When only part of the body of a vehicle in the adjacent lane cuts in front of your vehicle (especially when it’s a larger vehicle cutting in, like a bus, truck, etc.), it may not be able to recognize the target in a responsive manner and require you to take control in time
When your vehicle abruptly cuts into the rear of the vehicle ahead, or another vehicle abruptly cuts into or out of the front of your vehicle, it may not be able to recognize the target in a responsive manner and require you to take control in time
In rare cases, this feature may accelerate your vehicle even when it is not necessary or intended due to a change in, or loss of, the target (especially when cornering or changing lanes).
In rare cases, this feature may apply the vehicle’s brakes when it is not necessary or intended due to the detection of vehicles or objects, or a change in, or loss of, a stationary target in the adjacent lane (especially when cornering or changing lanes).
When following the lead vehicle, if your vehicle or the lead vehicle switches out of the current lane, acceleration may be restricted by this feature for a certain period of time for your safety. You can take over by pressing the accelerator pedal.
This feature does not guarantee that the target can be accurately recognized in all situations. Please take over promptly if you find that the target lead vehicle shown on the digital instrument cluster does not match the actual situation. For example:
A vehicle is in front of you, but the digital instrument cluster shows none.
No vehicle is in front of you, but the digital instrument cluster shows a vehicle.
When driving in special or complex road conditions, it is not recommended to activate Adaptive Cruise Control because it may affect the performance of Adaptive Cruise Control, or even cause deactivation, which include but are not limited to:
Waterlogged roads, muddy roads, potholes, ice- and snow-covered roads, roads with speed bumps, roads with obstacles
Traffic conditions with a lot of pedestrians, bicycles or animals
Complex and changeable traffic conditions, such as busy intersections, expressway ramps, congested roads
Winding and turning roads, rapid turning roads
Uphill and downhill roads
Rough roads
Narrow roads
Tunnel entrances and exits
Non-standard roads
Roads without a median
In the following situations, if the vehicle is driving too fast relative to the vehicle ahead, Adaptive Cruise Control may be subject to limited control, which will result in an inability to maintain the safe distance in a responsive manner, which include but are not limited to:
Sudden maneuvers of the vehicle ahead (such as sudden turns, acceleration, deceleration, etc.)
Another vehicle abruptly cutting in or out of the front of your vehicle
Your vehicle abruptly cutting in behind the vehicle ahead
Your vehicle driving towards a stationary or slow-moving target at a high speed
It may not be able to provide sufficient braking force in the following situations, which include but are not limited to:
The brake function cannot fully work (such as when brake parts are too cold, too hot, wet, etc.)
Improper vehicle maintenance (excessive wear of the brake or tires, abnormal tire pressure, etc.)
The vehicle is driving on special roads (such as uphill and downhill, water, mud, potholes, ice and snow roads, etc.)
Warning在极端恶劣天气包括并不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等,此功能不建议您使用。
This feature is not recommended for use in bad weather conditions, including but not limited to heavy rain, snow, fog, and haze.
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully covered all the situations that may affect the normal operation of the Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control system. There are many factors that may interfere with the Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control system. In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Auto High Beams (AHB)
Your vehicle will turn off the high beam headlights in a timely manner when it meets and passes other vehicles, the driving distance between the vehicle behind and ahead in the same direction is close or the vehicle enters a road section with good lighting conditions by detecting headlights, taillights of the vehicle ahead, street lights and other information through the front camera, so as not to dazzle the other vehicles or pedestrians. Turn on the high beam headlights in time when coming upon and entering an area with poor lighting or low visibility to ensure that the road ahead is illuminated.
Turn on the high beam headlights: the outside environment is dark and there are no other traffic participants ahead
Turn off the high beam headlights: the outside environment is bright and there are other traffic participants ahead
You can see the following information through the digital instrument cluster:
When Auto High Beams are activated, pull the lever towards you to turn on high beams immediately. Releasing the lever will switch the headlights back to low beams and return Auto High Beams to standby status.
Warning远近光自动控制是驾驶员辅助功能,无法在所有驾驶情况或交通、天气与路况下都起作用。
As a driving assist feature, Auto High Beams cannot handle all situations in all traffic, weather and road conditions.
Please use the high and low beams in compliance with applicable traffic safety laws and regulations. Do not turn on Auto High Beams unless it will not cause any violation of applicable laws and regulations.
The driver should always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving safely in compliance with applicable traffic safety laws and regulations.
Enable/Disable the Auto High Beams (AHB)
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Light > Headlights. Select
to turn on the Automatic Headlights.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Light > Auto High Beams (AHB) to enable or disable this function.
When the Auto High Beams (AHB) are enabled:
Push the light control lever forward to activate the Auto High Beams (AHB) function.
Push the light control lever forward or pull it backward again to enter the standby status of the function.
When the Auto High Beams (AHB) are disabled:
Push the light control lever forward to turn on the high beam headlights.
Push the light control lever forward or pull it backward again to turn off the high beam headlights.
Automatic control may not be performed under, but also not be limited to, the following situations:
Turn on the turn light.
Turn the steering wheel hard.
Pass a sharp turn.
The wiper is set to its maximum speed.
The fog lights are on.
Only targets that satisfy the conditions will be responded to by the Auto High Beams (AHB). The targets below will not trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
Pedestrians
Cyclists (including but not limited to bicycles, motorcycles, electric bikes, tricycles, etc.)
This feature may be impaired in heavy rain, snow, fog and other extreme weather conditions, or when the camera is blocked. Please drive with caution.
Warning在极端恶劣天气包括并不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等,此功能不建议您使用。
This feature is not recommended for use in bad weather conditions, including but not limited to heavy rain, snow, fog, and haze.
The above warnings do not cover all conditions that may affect the proper operation of the Auto High Beams (AHB) system. There are many factors that may interfere with the Auto High Beams (AHB) system. In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Shiftless Automatic Parking Assist with Fusion (S-APA with Fusion)
S-APA with Fusion uses surround-view cameras and ultrasonic sensors to detect ground markings or parking spaces between two vehicles, so as to provide parking assistance.
S-APA with Fusion supports perpendicular parking, parallel parking, and angled parking, but does not support parking in three-dimensional parking spaces.
The current version of this feature only supports parallel parking without buffer stops, and may fail to park when there is a parking stop at the bottom of the parking lot. The feature is still under optimization.
In order to ensure proper and safe operation of this feature, please always keep your seat belt fastened when using this feature.
The performance of Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion depends on the capabilities of the surround view camera and ultrasonic sensors to detect and identify the environment.
Do not use Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion if any one of the two side mirrors, the surround view camera, and the ultrasonic sensors is damaged or in an abnormal position.
You should pay special attention to pedestrians, children, and animals near your vehicle, and other fine, pointed, low or suspended obstacles undetected by the ultrasonic sensors, such as parking locks, low stone blocks, traffic cones, low cylinders, thin rods, pointed objects, corners of walls, and square columns in parking lots.
As a driving assist feature, Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion cannot handle all situations in all traffic, weather, road, and light conditions.
You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and decide to use Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion or not after your safety is ensured.
You should always be ready to take over if you find that the conditions of the traffic, road or vehicle are not suitable for enabling Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion, or there are other safety risks. You always bear the ultimate responsibility for parking safely and complying with applicable traffic laws and regulations.
Activating Shiftless Automatic Parking Assist with Fusion (S-APA with Fusion)
S-APA with Fusion parks the vehicle as follows:
Parking space search: Enter the Dual-view Image interface and open Parking Space Search. Drive forward slowly at a speed of less than 16 km/h, and stop after the digital instrument cluster shows that a parking space has been found. Keep the brake on, check and choose a safe and suitable parking space;
Manual parking space search: Enter the Dual-view Image interface and open Parking Space Search. Drive forward slowly at a speed of less than 16 km/h, and stop after the digital instrument cluster shows that a parking space has been found. Keep the brake on, check and choose a safe and suitable parking space;
Auto parking space search: When the road conditions and system conditions are met, drive forward slowly at a speed of less than 16 km/h. When a parking space is found in the background, the Parking Assist button
will appear on the Map page. Touch the button and stop the vehicle according to the text prompts on the page. Keep the brake on, check and choose a safe and suitable parking space;
Parking: Select a safe and suitable parking space, and park the vehicle according to the text prompts on the interface. Keep checking the surroundings to ensure that the vehicle is parked safely;
Parking completed. The Dual-view Image interface will prompt Parking Completed.
Details are as follows:
Parking Space Search
Before searching for a parking space, the vehicle must meet the following conditions:
The vehicle speed is lower than 16 km/h
The vehicle is in the D or R gear position
All doors are closed
Driver seating status
ACC/LCC not enabled
Ultrasonic sensors and surround-view cameras functioning properly with a clear view
No system error
Anti-lock brake system, traction control system and vehicle stability control system are not triggered
Traction control system, vehicle stability control system are not disabled
Not available in ECO+ Mode
When the above conditions are met, you can initiate Parking Space Search in any of the following ways:
Where the parking camera is off, say a command like “I want to park” or “Park the vehicle” to wake up NOMI, which will open the Dual-view Image interface directly and enter Parking Space Search
Swipe right on the main page of the center display to enter the Quick Settings page, tap
Parking Assist, enter the Dual-view Image interface and open Parking Space Search
Put your vehicle in Reverse, enter the image interface, and tap the
button in the upper left corner to open Parking Space Search
Tap the parking camera to enter the 360° image interface, tap the
button in the upper left corner to open Parking Space Search
After turning on Parking Space Search, keep the vehicle at a distance of 0.5m to 1.5m to the target parking space, and drive forward slowly at a speed of less than 16 km/h to search for a parking space.
During the search for a parking space, when a white “P” appears on the left or right side of your vehicle on the screen, it means that the system has found a parking space on the corresponding side. If a “P” appears on both sides, it means that the system has found parking spaces on both sides.
Stop the vehicle at this time, keep the brake on, and check whether the parking space is safe and suitable. If multiple parking spaces are found, you can manually select the appropriate parking space on the Dual-view Image interface.
Note开始搜索车位后,若爱车挂入 R 挡并后退,车位搜索将保持。
After the vehicle starts searching a parking space, if you shift into REVERSE and reverse the vehicle, it will continue searching.
Caution若车速大于约16 公里/小时,车位搜索会退出。
When the vehicle's speed is above 16 km/h, the parking space search will be canceled.
Caution若搜索车位时,车辆前进方向与道路方向偏角过大,会影响最终泊车的效果。
When searching for parking spaces, parking may not be successful if the vehicle’s direction has significantly deviated from the direction of the road.
Parking spaces on narrow roads or spaces that are too narrow may not be selected due to a lack of space.
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion does not support parking space search and lateral shift in a parking space.
CautionSemi-Automatic Parking Assist can be used to identify the barrier-free parking space sign in the parking space. After successful identification, the barrier-free parking space will display the corresponding icon in the parking space page at the lower left. The identification of the barrier-free sign in the non-parking space, such as erected metal plates and text signs, is not supported now. In addition, this type of parking space may be misidentified. Please select a parking space as required according to the actual situation.
Semi-Automatic Parking Assist can be used to identify the barrier-free parking space sign in the parking space. After successful identification, the barrier-free parking space will display the corresponding icon in the parking space page at the lower left. The identification of the barrier-free sign in the non-parking space, such as erected metal plates and text signs, is not supported now. In addition, this type of parking space may be misidentified. Please select a parking space as required according to the actual situation.
You must always check and confirm if the detected parking space is safe and suitable for parking. Do not rely solely on Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion to search for suitable parking spaces.
This feature is not available on high-speed roads and urban expressways.
Never use this feature in the Trailer Mode.
The system may misidentify parking spaces on roads, at entrances, in bushes, etc. You need to determine if the parking space is suitable.
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion cannot determine if the detected parking space is legitimate. You need to confirm the legitimacy before starting the parking procedure.
Parking
Select a safe and suitable parking space, release the steering wheel and brake pedal according to the text prompts on the page, then initiate S-APA with Fusion. During the parking process, the interface will display the current gear and the remaining length of the route in this gear as a reference. Keep checking the surroundings to ensure the safety of the parking process.
After selecting a parking space, you can de-select it by tapping the space again before releasing the brake pedal.
When the vehicle is parked, the “P” on the left or right side of the vehicle in the digital instrument cluster will turn green.
Caution请在车辆提示“请松开刹车和方向盘”后,再释放制动踏板,以免泊车功能退出,车辆后退。
Please only release the brake pedal when you receive the prompt “Release the brake pedal and the steering wheel” on the center display. Otherwise, Shiftless Automatic Parking Assist will cancel and the vehicle will move backwards.
Before releasing the brake pedal, make sure that your hands and arms do not interfere with the steering wheel to avoid any injuries caused by its rapid movement. When parking, always be prepared to apply the brakes to pause the process or take over.
Initiating Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion in a narrow parking space may affect the performance of the sensors, which can increase the risk of damaging the vehicle or surrounding objects.
You are responsible for driving safely. Always pay attention to your surroundings when parking, ensure that the parking process is safe, and be prepared to take over at any time. In particular, you should pay special attention to pedestrians, children, or animals near your vehicle, and other fine, pointed, low, or suspended obstacles the ultrasonic sensors may not be able to detect.
Any retrofits or modifications made to the steering wheel, including but not limited to steering wheel cover, steering wheel modification, and counterweight ring, will increase the parking risk caused by failed or affected Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion.
The center display only shows available parking spaces that Shiftless Automatic Parking Assist is capable of parking in, which are subject to both the size of the parking space and its surroundings. If you spot any obstacles that suddenly appear around the car while parking, take over immediately as the system may not apply the brakes in time.
Parking Completed
The vehicle is properly parked when the Dual-view Image interface prompts “Parking Completed”, and the “P” on the left or right side of the vehicle in the digital instrument cluster turns green.
After parking, you may need to make further adjustments to the vehicle in order to ensure that the vehicle is in the best parking position.
Before leaving, make sure that the electronic parking brake is activated and the vehicle is in Park.
Caution受周围环境影响,系统可能会提前完成泊车,需要您酌情调整车辆位置。
Parking may be finished in advance due to the surroundings. In this case, you may need to adjust the vehicle’s position manually.
Pausing Parking
During the process of parking under S-APA with Fusion, you can lightly step on the brake pedal to slow the vehicle down without disengaging the feature; only when you keep stepping on the brake pedal until the speed is reduced to 0 km/h, will the feature be suspended. In addition, stepping on the accelerator pedal during parking will also suspend the parking.
If you actively intervene with the steering wheel, the parking feature will be suspended.
Intervention includes, but is not limited to, the process of perpendicularly backing into a parking space with S-APA with Fusion active, if the system detects that there may be a safety risk or the parking result cannot be guaranteed, the system will pause parking and ask you whether to continue parking.
After parking is paused, check the surroundings to ensure that it is safe to continue parking, then release the brake pedal, and tap the “Resume Parking” button on the center display to re-activate S-APA with Fusion.
Caution若泊车过程中暂停次数过多,会影响最终泊车的效果。
Parking may be impaired if you pause too many times during the parking process.
Deactivating Shiftless Automatic Parking Assist with Fusion (S-APA with Fusion)
You can deactivate the parking operation process manually in the following ways. Take over control of the speed and direction of your vehicle after actively disengaging S-APA with Fusion:
Step on the brake pedal and shift gears
When S-APA with Fusion is suspended, tap the “Stop Parking” button on the Dual-view Image interface
Actively exit the Dual-view Image interface
In addition, when S-APA with Fusion is active, the following situations will cause the ongoing parking to stop, requiring you to take control of the vehicle in time:
Too close to an obstacle
Front trunk, tailgate or any door is open
Electronic parking brake is activated
Anti-lock brake system, traction control system and vehicle stability control system triggered
Driver leaves seat
S-APA with Fusion has been suspended for more than about 30 seconds
Too many front and rear adjustments
The overall parking process has timed out
System fault
When S-APA with Fusion is deactivated abnormally, the “P” on the left or right side of the vehicle in the digital instrument cluster will turn red.
Precautions and Restrictions
S-APA with Fusion may not be able to function as expected when the vehicle is driving under the following road conditions, which include but are not limited to:
Do not activate S-APA with Fusion when the road surface is slanted or sloped. S-APA with Fusion is only designed for use on road surfaces with no gradients.
Do not activate S-APA with Fusion if the road surface is uneven or there are steps on the road. S-APA with Fusion is designed for use on flat roads only.
Do not activate S-APA with Fusion if there is water, mud, potholes, ice and snow, speed bumps, and obstacles on the road.
Do not activate S-APA with Fusion if the curb material is special or cannot be detected. If parked improperly, the tires and rims of the vehicle are at risk of being damaged by the curb, and you need to promptly take control of the vehicle.
When the road surface is slanted or the slope is beyond the supported range, the success rate of S-APA with Fusion cannot be guaranteed.
If the angle of the slanted parking space exceeds the supported range, the parking space will not be released, and the success rate for parking cannot be guaranteed.
Ultrasonic sensors may have limited detection of the following obstacles, requiring you to be ready to take control of the vehicle at any time, so as to prevent property damage or personal injury, which includes but is not limited to:
Pedestrians, children, animals, etc.
Thin, pointed, short, and suspended obstacles, such as ground locks, low stone piers, low cylinders, thin rods, sharp objects, etc.
Wall corners, parking lot columns, etc.
Ultrasonic sensors may have limited detection in the following situations, resulting in S-APA with Fusion being unable to function or not functioning as expected, which includes but is not limited to:
One or more ultrasonic sensors are damaged, misplaced, or obscured (such as by mud or ice)
Severe weather like rain, snow, fog, and haze affect the performance of ultrasonic sensors
Sensors are affected by other electrical equipment or installations that can cause interference
The surround-view camera may have limited detection in the following situations, resulting in S-APA with Fusion being unable to function or not functioning as expected, which includes but is not limited to:
The left and right exterior rearview mirrors or the front and rear of the vehicle are damaged, resulting in an abnormal position of the surround-view camera
The surround-view camera is soiled (such as by mud or ice) or obscured
Under strong sunlight or dappled tree shade
Reflective ground or water on the ground
Poor lighting conditions (dark), strong reflection from the ground, or poor visibility (heavy rain, heavy snow, dense fog)
A parking space of an unconventional size (too narrow or too wide), or a tile-paved parking space
Worn, unclear, covered, or overlapping parking space lines
Cylindrical, square and other shaped pillars near the parking space
Parking space at a corner
The system may not be able to judge and exclude parking spaces with no-parking markings, cones, restricted-stop signs, ground locks, or other special parking spaces
The system may not be able to exclude parking spaces with obstacles, such as pedestrians, bicycles, tricycles, low debris, bricks, etc.
S-APA with Fusion may not be able to function as expected when the vehicle is driving in the following situations, which include but are not limited to:
Any addition or modification of the steering wheel, which will increase the risk of parking and may cause the S-APA with Fusion to not work, or not function as expected, which includes but is not limited to: installing a leather steering wheel cover, or modifying the steering wheel or weight ring, etc.
Do not activate S-APA with Fusion if a trailer is attached to the rear of the vehicle.
Do not activate S-APA with Fusion if the vehicle is fitted with snow chains or a spare wheel.
Do not activate S-APA with Fusion if a loaded object protrudes into the area surrounding the vehicle.
Non-original tires or low tire pressure will affect the driving trajectory of S-APA with Fusion. When S-APA with Fusion is active, make sure the tires are original and properly inflated.
After changing the tire size and specifications, you need to update the relevant parameters at the After-sales Services. Currently only the tire models specified by us are supported; any modification of the vehicle's tire size and specifications may affect parking performance.
S-APA with Fusion may not be able to function as expected due to the following target parking space conditions, which include but are not limited to:
The target parking space is adjacent to the roadside fence, high walls, street lights, trees, bushes, pillars, suspended obstacles such as railings, distribution boxes, chargers, etc., which will affect the final parking effect and may even cause vehicle damage.
The target parking space is on a curve, which will affect the final parking effect.
Do not activate S-APA with Fusion when the target parking space is at an angle.
Do not activate S-APA with Fusion when there are obstacles such as unlocked ground locks, cones, shopping carts, and lampposts in the target parking space.
Do not activate S-APA with Fusion when the following conditions may lead to poor vision of the observed environment while driving, which include but are not limited to:
Any one of the left and right exterior rearview mirrors is blurred, damaged or in an abnormal position.
The surround-view camera is blurry, damaged, or in an unusual position.
Poor vision at night or due to insufficient light.
Do not activate S-APA with Fusion repeatedly in the following situations, which include but are not limited to:
After vigorous driving or repeated parking operations, which may trigger overheating protection of the steering system. Do not activate S-APA with Fusion for prolonged periods of time or repeatedly.
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully covered all the situations that may affect the normal operation of the S-APA with Fusion system. There are many factors that may interfere with the S-APA with Fusion system. In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Power Swap with Assisted Parking (PSAP)
The Power Swap with Assisted Parking (PSAP) can help drivers park their vehicles in the second generation Power Swap Station without any steering wheel input, braking, acceleration, or gear shift operations.
Search for the Power Swap Station on the map, or open the power-up assistant to screen the Power Swap Station:
If you are within the order placing range of the Power Swap Station, directly tap to place an order;
If you are not in the order placing range, navigate to the Power Swap Station and place an order when you arrive nearby.
The locations of your vehicle and the NIO app are checked during order placement. An order cannot be placed successfully unless your vehicle is within 200m of the power swap station.
In the event of an order placement failure due to unavailable vehicle network, please try again after the network resumes or consult the field specialist.
Please read the Agreement and Disclaimer before placing an order.
When the order is placed successfully, a power swapping serial number will be generated to enter the queuing sequence. You can check the battery's charging status, the number of people in the current queue, the estimated waiting time and other information on the order page of the mobile app and the vehicle.
After the previous vehicle finishes the power swap and leaves the Power Swap Station, the Power Swap Station will send a number calling command after checking to notify you to enter the station for the power swap. Tap the "Activate Power Swap Process" button on the center display to start the parking process.
Please wait for your turn near the power swap station and pay attention to the queuing status on your center display or NIO app. If you miss your turn, please contact the field specialist in time.
If you have to leave the power swap station for some reason, please pay attention to the queuing status on the NIO app or cancel the order in time.
Please avoid the lane in front of the station when waiting for power swap.
The Power Swap with Assisted Parking (PSAP) function may not operate as expected in the following situations:
The material that the curb is made out of is not stone or the curb is undetectable. If parked improperly, the tires and rims of the vehicle are at risk of being damaged by the curb, and you need to promptly take control of the vehicle.
Any addition or modification of the steering wheel, which will increase the risk of parking and may cause the S-APA with Fusion to not work, or not function as expected, which includes but is not limited to: installing a leather steering wheel cover, or modifying the steering wheel or weight ring, etc.
One or more ultrasonic sensors are contaminated or obstructed (e.g. sludge or ice and snow).
Weather conditions (heavy rain, snow, fog, extreme heat or cold, etc.) interfere with the operation of the sensor.
Reflective ground or water on the ground
Sensors are affected by other electrical equipment or installations that can cause interference
The road surfaces are uneven, have grass planting bricks, grooves, etc.
It is equipped with snow chains or spare wheels.
The loaded objects protrude around the vehicle.
Any one of the left and right exterior rearview mirrors is damaged or in an abnormal position.
After the tire size is changed, you need to go to the service center to update the relevant parameters. Currently, only the official tire models are supported. Any modification related to the vehicle tire size and performance may affect the parking performance.
Parking may be impaired if you pause too many times during the parking process.
High-speed driving or multiple parking operations may trigger overheat protection for the steering system. Do not use this feature repeatedly for an extended period.
When the target parking space is close to roadside fences, high walls, street lights, trees, bushes, pillars, or overhanging obstacles such as railings, power distribution boxes and charging connectors, these obstacles may affect the parking result and even cause vehicle damage.
Park into the Power Swap Station
After tapping the "Activate Power Swap Process" button, please enter the starting area for the power swap in the specified direction at a speed lower than 18 km/h according to the vehicle's instructions.
A high speed may cause positioning detection failure. Please keep the speed below 18 km/h.
Please drive as instructed by the arrows on the ground and avoid vehicles and pedestrians around.
If positioning detection fails, please contact the field specialist to take over your vehicle and manually reverse for power swap.
After entering the starting area for the power swap, when the dynamic environment simulation displays and NOMI plays a voice prompt saying that the vehicle has been successfully located, please press the brake pedal to keep the vehicle stationary and wait for positioning detection.
Make sure your seat belt is fastened and the door is closed while you wait in the starting area.
Tap the "Assist in Parking Into the Power Swap Station" button. When you see "Please release the brake and steering wheel", follow the instructions to start parking in the Power Swap Station.
Parking will be suspended if obstacles are detected during the process.
If parking is suspended due to systemic reasons or active intervention during the process, please confirm that there are no obstacles in the surrounding area and manually resume the parking.
If you are unable to continue parking, you can select "Terminate Parking", and the on-site specialist will manually swap power for the vehicle after you quit. If the Power Swap Station is unattended, users can choose to park automatically or manually again, or contact the specialist.
After parking is completed, swap power for the vehicle as instructed on the page.
Before or during parking into the power swap station, please always pay attention to your surroundings to confirm that there are no passing vehicles, pedestrians, children, etc. and ensure parking safety.
Please do not take over the accelerator pedal, unbuckle the seat belt, leave the driver’s seat, or open the door during parking into the power swap station.
Start/End the Power Swap
After parking successfully in place, it will automatically enter the one-button Power Swap process. Please read the instructions on the vehicle's screen carefully and tap to start the power swap.
The vehicle will automatically adjust to the power swap status, and switch off the screen to start the power swap.
If your vehicle is not parked in place or failed to be automatically adjusted, please adjust your vehicle as instructed by the field specialist.
The windows or air conditioning cannot be adjusted during the power swap. Please adjust them to proper positions in advance.
During the power swap, it is normal that the vehicle jerks slightly with some noise and some warning lights are on temporarily.
During the process, do not try to open any door, shift gears, press the brake pedal, or perform other actions, which may cancel the power swap abnormally.
After the power swap is completed, the vehicle's screen will light up to indicate that the power swap has been completed. At this time, it can drive away from the Power Swap Station without any problems.
Caution驶出换电站时请注意观察前方的车辆及行人,确认安全后再驶出换电站。
Please pay attention to any vehicles or pedestrians in front for safety before exiting the power swap station.
The above warnings and precautions have not fully covered all the conditions that may affect the normal operation of the Power Swap with Assisted Parking (PSAP) system. There are many factors that may interfere with the Power Swap with Assisted Parking (PSAP) system. In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions.
Side Distance Indication System (SDIS)
The Side Distance Indication System (SDIS) function monitors the front of the vehicle when it is driving at a low speed with ultrasonic sensors. When approaching obstacles, the parking camera interface and scenarios like assisting in judging the parking space or passing restricted roads will be automatically called up.
Side Distance Indication System serves as a reference only, and cannot substitute your visual observation.
As a driving assist feature, Side Distance Indication System cannot handle all situations in all traffic, weather and road conditions. We do not recommend using Side Distance Indication System in bad weather conditions, including but not limited to heavy rain, snow, fog, and haze.
You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and make your own decision on whether to use Side Distance Indication System if it is safe.
It is always your responsibility to ensure that the vehicle is driven in a safe manner and complies with applicable traffic laws and regulations.
Enable/Disable Side Distance Indication System (SDIS) Function
The Side Distance Indication System (SDIS) function can be enabled or disabled by the settings button on the parking camera interface. When the Side Distance Indication System (SDIS) is enabled, different layout styles can be selected, such as dual-view, full-screen, and picture-in-picture.
When the following working conditions are simultaneously satisfied, the parking camera interface will be automatically activated:
Vehicle in D gear
The speed does not exceed 21 km/h
There are obstacles in any of the areas ahead and they are close to the vehicle.
Area and Range of the Side Distance Indication System (SDIS)
Area
Range
1
Distance within 50cm
2
Distance within 80cm
3
Distance within 80cm
You can click on the upper right side of the parking camera interface and select to turn off the warning tone. At the same time, you should bear all the risks caused by turning off the warning tone.
Automatic exit of the parking camera interface:
When the obstacle is more than 4.5 seconds away from the vehicle, the parking camera interface will automatically exit.
When the Side Distance Indication System (SDIS) is turned off by tapping the blank area of the parking camera or grabbing the screen with five fingers, it can be temporarily disabled for 3 minutes, and normal use can be resumed 3 minutes later.
When the vehicle's speed exceeds 21 km/h, the Side Distance Indication System (SDIS) will return to normal use.
When the working conditions for the Side Distance Indication System (SDIS) function are satisfied again, the parking camera interface will be automatically activated.
Warning在极端恶劣天气包括并不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等,此功能不建议您使用。
This feature is not recommended for use in bad weather conditions, including but not limited to heavy rain, snow, fog, and haze.
The above warnings do not cover all conditions that may affect the proper operation of the Side Distance Indication System (SDIS). There are many factors that may interfere with the Side Distance Indication System (SDIS). In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Vehicle Health Status
Please keep an eye on the health status of the vehicle to keep your vehicle in the best condition. You can tap , on the main page of the center display to enter the Vehicle Health Status interface. When you are on this page, the vehicle can perform a self-check, and show you the current health status of the vehicle once it is finished.
You can also check the power consumption of the current trip on the interface, and reset the trip by tapping
Reset Accumulated Mileage.
Maintenance Instructions
To ensure that the vehicle can operate normally and bring a good driving and riding experience, you need to conduct regular vehicle maintenance.
In light of the complexity of vehicle systems and the after-sales service requirements of electric vehicles by national laws and regulations, we recommend you to have your vehicle maintained regularly at NIO’s service center. If you have any inquiries about the vehicle inspection, please contact NIO at any time.
Regular Maintenance
Regularly maintaining your vehicle is very important to keep its performance, usage cost and service life in a good condition. We recommend you to have your vehicle regularly maintained at NIO's service center.
Daily Inspection
Conducting daily vehicle inspections is very important to ensure driving safety and reduce vehicle failures. Please check the following items on a daily basis. If you identify any problems, contact NIO immediately to conduct relevant inspections.
Check whether all exterior lights, speakers, turn signals, and hazard warning lights are working properly.
Check whether the windshield wipers and washer system are working properly.
Check whether the braking system is working properly.
Check whether the seat belts are working properly.
Check if there are any warning indicators or information on the instrument cluster and the center display.
Check the tire pressure and tread wear of each tire.
Check whether there are any abnormal fluids under the vehicle (water condensation from the air conditioning system is normal).
When driving, check if there are any unusual noises such as bump or crash sound from the underbody.
Check the vehicle body for contaminants that may damage the paint (such as bird droppings, resin, road tar, insects, or industrial dust), If any, please clean them as instructed in "Exterior Cleaning".
Check the areas around the roof LiDAR sensor, HD cameras and surround view cameras for contaminants. If any, please clean them as instructed in "Exterior Cleaning".
Replace the battery of the smart key fob as instructed on the center display.
Regular Maintenance
In normal driving conditions, please contact NIO to have your vehicle maintained according to the following service items and intervals:
Gearbox oil: Replace it every 200,000 kilometers.
Brake fluid: Replace it every 36 months.
Coolant: Check the coolant at the 5th year or 100,000 kilometers (whichever comes first) at the latest, and replace it if necessary.
If the coolant has not been replaced, check it every 24 months or 40,000 kilometers (whichever comes first), and replace it if necessary. If the coolant has been replaced, check the new coolant at the 5th year or 100,000 kilometers (whichever comes first), and replace it if necessary.
If the vehicle is used in extremely cold weather (below -30℃), check the coolant and replace it if necessary.
Brake pads: Check the brake pads for wear at the 5th year or 100,000 kilometers (whichever comes first) at the latest, and replace them if necessary.
If the brake pads have not been replaced, check them every 24 months or 40,000 kilometers (whichever comes first), and replace them if necessary. If the brake pads have been replaced, check them for wear at the 5th year or 100,000 kilometers (whichever comes first), and replace them if necessary.
Brake discs: Check the brake discs for wear at the 10th year or 200,000 kilometers (whichever comes first) at the latest, and replace them if necessary.
If the brake discs have not been replaced, check them every 24 months or 40,000 kilometers (whichever comes first), and replace them if necessary. If the brake discs have been replaced, check the brake discs for wear at the 10th year or 200,000 kilometers (whichever comes first), and replace them if necessary.
Unscheduled Maintenance
It is recommended to contact NIO to have your vehicle maintained as needed, depending on the condition of your vehicle and the instructions on the central display:
Check the wiper blades for aging and wiping effects, and replace them if necessary.
Check the air filter as instructed on the central display and replace it when necessary.
Replace the 12V battery as instructed on the center display.
It is recommended to contact NIO for a full vehicle health check as needed, depending on the operating environment and condition of your vehicle.
Special Maintenance
If you often drive your vehicle in the following harsh environments, additional maintenance or shorter service intervals may be required. For details, please contact NIO.
Driving in dusty environments.
Driving in extremely cold environments (below -20℃) or extremely hot environments (above 40℃).
Driving in humid environments or wading through water frequently.
Driving in salty or corrosive environments.
Braking frequently or driving in mountainous areas.
Frequently driving for special heavy-duty purposes.
Any retrofits or modifications for special purposes.
Front Wiper Blade Replacement
The front wipers remove rainwater and stains on the windshield (used together with windshield washer fluid). If your vision through the windshield is blurred or if there are multiple obvious water marks after the wipers wipe, which affect the driver's vision and do not disappear, it’s time to replace the wiper blades:
How to replace the front wiper blades:
Enter the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap
Driving > Move Front Wipers to Service Position, and then the front wipers will move to a position that is convenient for replacement.
After the front wipers move to the service position, they can be lifted upwards: press and hold the front wiper blade tab and slide the wiper blade down perpendicular to the wiper arm to remove the wiper blade.
Insert the new wiper blade until you hear a "click", which indicates that the wiper blade has been properly secured.
Rear Wiper Blade Replacement
The rear wiper cleans raindrops on the rear windshield. The procedure to replace the rear wiper blade is as follows:
Lift the rear wiper arm and remove the rear wiper blade.
Install a new wiper blade and pull the wiper blade to confirm that it is securely installed.
Windshield Washer Fluid Refill
Windshield washer fluid helps maintain good visibility in the front windshield. How to add windshield washer fluid:
Open the windshield washer fluid cap and add an appropriate amount of washer fluid.
Caution加注风窗洗涤液时请对准壶口,缓慢加注;若洗涤液不慎洒落请及时擦拭干净。
When topping up the windshield washer fluid, please fill the reservoir carefully to avoid spilling and wipe up any spills immediately.
Close the lid of the washer fluid pot tightly after adding the washer fluid.
Coolant Refill
Warning添加冷却液需打开前盖,请联系服务中心进行操作,以免意外触及高压部件造成人身伤害。
To avoid the risk of high voltage electric shock when opening the hood, please contact NIO to top up the vehicle’s coolant.
Coolant helps the vehicle E-Powertrain System to run at a suitable temperature range. How to refill coolant:
Pull the hood handle cover plate in the passenger compartment to release the hood.
Toggle the hood latch.
Lift the hood up and use the rod to hold it.
Open the coolant cap and refill an appropriate amount of coolant (between the MIN level and the MAX level).
Close the coolant cap tightly. When closing the hood, hold the hood with your hands to lower it a little bit first, and then push the hood down until it is completely closed.
Caution请勿直接猛力关闭前盖或使其自由落下。
Do not slam or drop the hood.
Brake Fluid Refill
Warning添加制动液需打开前盖,请联系服务中心进行操作,以免意外触及高压部件造成人身伤害。
To avoid the risk of high voltage electric shock when opening the hood, please contact NIO to top up the vehicle’s brake fluid.
Brake fluid is the medium that transmits brake pressure in the hydraulic brake system. How to add brake fluid:
Pull the hood handle cover plate in the passenger compartment to release the hood.
Toggle the hood latch.
Lift the hood up and use the rod to hold it.
Open the brake fluid cap and add an appropriate amount of brake fluid (between the MIN level and the MAX level).
Close the brake fluid cap tightly. When closing the hood, hold the hood with your hands to lower it a little bit first, and then push the hood down until it is completely closed.
Caution请勿直接猛力关闭前盖或使其自由落下。
Do not slam or drop the hood.
Tire Inspection and Maintenance
Do not drive on damaged, over-worn, or incorrectly inflated tires. For driving safety, please check the tires on a regular basis:
Inspect the tires frequently for damage (punctures, cuts, tears, and bulges), and remove foreign matter embedded in the tire tread.
A puncture will cause the tire to lose pressure, so it’s important to check the tire pressure frequently. Repair or replace punctured or damaged tires as soon as possible. If you feel sudden shaking or bumps while driving, or suspect that the tires are damaged, slow down immediately while avoiding heavy braking or sudden steering. Stop after confirming that it is safe, and then contact the NIO Service Center for assistance immediately.
If the tire valve dust cap is lost, please replace it as soon as possible.
Keep the tires away from oil, grease or fuel.
Always store wheels in a cool, dry and dark place. Separate tires that are not on wheels should be stored upright.
Do not store summer tires or park a vehicle with summer tires in ambient temperatures below -15 °C.
Check the tread pattern for wear marks on a regular basis, especially before and after long drives. If the tire is worn down to 1.6mm or less, a wear mark will appear, by then the ground grip of the tire will be greatly reduced, and the tire will need to be replaced immediately to prevent the risk of an accident occurring.
For safety reasons, tires must be replaced if they show the following damage:
Damage such as cuts, splits, and cracks down to the carcass, and bulges that indicate inner ply damage.
Frequently leaks, or irreparable damage due to the size or location of the cut.
Punctures, bulges and damage to tire sidewalls.
Deformation or corrosion of tires caused by long-term parking.
If you are not sure, please consult the NIO Service Center.
Caution若轮胎磨损不均匀,建议您到服务中心进行轮胎动平衡检查。
If tire wear is uneven, we recommend that you contact NIO to have the tires checked for dynamic balancing.
In order to reduce tire wear and prolong the service life of the tires, the tires should be cared for according to your driving habits and road conditions:
New tires are in the run-in period during the first 500 kilometers. Running in at a moderate speed and with a careful driving style will prolong the service life of the tires.
When passing a curb or similar sections of road, keep the wheels perpendicular to the curb as much as possible, and drive slowly.
Hard impacts of the tires against curbs or objects with sharp edges, such as rocks, can cause imperceptible tire damage that will add up in the future. Depending on the severity of the impact, it may damage the rim flange.
Turning too fast, over acceleration and hard braking will increase tire wear.
When passing through large potholes, speed bumps or obstacles, please slow down and be careful.
New tires, after they are replaced, must undergo a dynamic balance check.
If the vehicle cannot remain straight or keeps deviating while driving, please go to the NIO Service Center to check the wheel alignment parameters and make adjustments if necessary.
If the rear tires have less wear than the front tires, then swap the front and rear tires as needed. It is recommended to swap the front and rear tires every 10,000 km.
Brake Pad and Disc Inspection and Maintenance
Lightly press the brake pedal occasionally when driving on rainy or icy roads so that the heat generated by friction warms up and dries the brake pads. The same should be done when driving in extremely wet or cold weather.
Take your vehicle for a quick ride after a car wash to dry the brake discs and avoid rusting.
The wear of brake pads and discs is largely determined by your driving habits and road conditions. The driving distance may not be used to decide the degree of wear.
The high-performance braking system is used to realize the best comprehensive braking performance at various vehicle speeds and temperatures. Therefore, under certain vehicle speeds, braking force and environments (such as temperature and humidity), the braking system may make a squeaky sound.
New or newly replaced brake pads and brake discs do not provide optimal braking performance until they are broken in by driving at least 500 kilometers. To compensate for the reduced braking effect, make sure to apply greater pressure to the brake pedal during the run-in period.
Air Filter Inspection and Maintenance
After replacement, enter Settings from the bottom left of the center display, and tap
Cabin Comfort > Air Filter Reminder to reset the reminder. This reminder is the estimated service life, and the actual service life may vary due to the environment and other factors. Please replace the air filter if necessary.
Keep the grille clear of any obstructions (e.g. leaves, snow) before driving.
12V Battery Maintenance
The 12V battery located in the trunk is mainly used to supply the 12V power sockets for the starting and electrical equipment of the vehicle. To extend the service life of the 12V battery, please keep a sufficient battery level.
Warning低压电池电解液具有腐蚀性,若不慎入眼或皮肤,请立即使用大量水冲洗并送医。
If the 12V battery is leaking or swelling, please contact NIO immediately. If the electrolyte comes in contact with eyes or skin, please rinse the eyes or skin with running water and seek medical attention immediately.
If the 12V battery is severely drained (e.g. having been left unused for a long time), please contact NIO for assistance and do not replace it yourself.
Before leaving the vehicle, please ensure that all electric systems, such as lights and the media center, are turned off, and park the vehicle in a cool and dry place.
Caution断开并重新连接低压电池后,车窗自动升降及防夹功能将不可用。
After disconnecting and reconnecting the 12V battery, the automatic windows and the window anti-pinch feature will not be available.
High Voltage Battery Maintenance and Recycling
High Voltage Battery Maintenance
The high voltage battery is an important component for driving the vehicle. Please pay attention to the following when using it:
If the vehicle is parked in an extremely hot or cold environment, the service life of the high voltage battery will be directly affected. Do not park the vehicle in such an environment for a long time (more than eight hours).
Do not park the vehicle in a hot environment with heat sources, otherwise accidental fire may occur.
The vehicle should be parked in a dry environment, rather than a humid environment.
Avoid using high-power DC charging too frequently as this may affect the service life of the high voltage battery.
If the vehicle will not be used for a long time, make sure the high voltage battery level is over 50% (according to the digital instrument cluster reading) and park the vehicle in a cool place to maintain the service life of the high voltage battery. We recommend you check the battery level every week and use the vehicle at least once a month.
Please use charging equipment that meets the charging specifications and follow the instructions on the charger.
When driving over bumps, gravel, or bumpy roads, please drive at a lower speed or avoid obstacles to avoid damage to the vehicle chassis or high voltage battery. If you hear any sound of scraping or impact at the underside of the body, please immediately contact NIO for a safety inspection of the chassis and high voltage battery pack.
Warning动力电池属高压部件,请勿私自触碰、移动、拆解动力电池及其相应线路,以免发生人身伤害。
The high voltage battery operates at a high voltage. Do not touch, move, or disassemble the high voltage battery or its circuit without authorization. Doing so may result in injury.
Please be sure to charge the vehicle within 24 hours when the remaining driving range is at zero. During this time, the charging speed will be limited until the battery level reaches 50%. Failure to charge the vehicle within 72 hours may cause irreversible damage to the high voltage battery.
High Voltage Battery Recycling
Waste high voltage batteries should be properly recycled. In the process of vehicle maintenance and repair, high voltage batteries that meet the following conditions must be recycled:
In the process of high voltage battery repair and maintenance at NIO, the battery level and status will be checked. For batteries that should be recycled according to relevant laws and regulations, NIO will take primary responsibility for recycling them in accordance with the market situation at such time.
Batteries that are in good condition but cannot continue to be used due to other reasons can be recycled for cascading use after basic repairs.
Batteries that are not eligible for cascading use due to serious faults or damage will be put into the recycling process.
Caution请勿随意处理或丢弃废旧动力电池,以免对环境造成严重污染。
Do not casually dispose of the high voltage battery, as it can cause severe environmental damage.
Vehicles, vehicle parts, and batteries must be disposed of by authorized recycling companies. They must not be disposed of in general household waste or sent to landfill as this can cause severe environmental damage. Please see the NIO website for details.
This symbol on the battery means that this product must not be treated as household waste.
High voltage battery recycling process: The batteries will be recycled and disposed of by NIO or a third party designated by NIO.
Do not use fuses with a nominal current higher than the rated current. Only replace the blown fuse with a fuse of the same nominal current and size.
Exterior Cleaning and Maintenance
Regular cleaning and waxing can protect the vehicle exterior from damage from the external environment. The frequency of cleaning and waxing depends on the frequency of use, parking conditions (whether the vehicle is parked in a garage, under a tree, or in direct sunlight), and weather conditions.
Bird droppings, insect residues, tree resins, industrial emissions, tar spots, cinders, and other deposits on the body and roof will cause damage to the paint. Such corrosion intensifies at high temperatures and in strong sunlight. Therefore, a weekly cleaning may be necessary. Wet the stains with sufficient water and then remove them.
Please use specialized cleaners or conditioners when washing or waxing the vehicle. Pay attention to the expiry date before use and keep out of reach of children.
Manual Cleaning
When cleaning the vehicle manually, use sufficient water to wet the vehicle exterior and rinse away as many stains as possible. Use a soft sponge, cloth, or soft brush to carefully clean the vehicle from top to bottom. Use cleaners to remove stubborn stains. When the sponge or cloth gets too dirty, replace it. After cleaning the vehicle, rinse it thoroughly with clean water and wipe it with a towel. After salt spreading in winter, clean the underside of the vehicle thoroughly.
In order to protect the environment, please clean the vehicle on a specialized cleaning platform. If such equipment is not available, please choose a proper place to clean the vehicle.
Note请勿在阳光直射处清洗车辆,否则会有损伤油漆的风险。
Do not wash the vehicle under direct sunlight as this may cause damage to the paint.
When washing the vehicle with a water hose in cold weather, do not spray water directly on the door handles, charge ports, doors and sunroof. Otherwise, these moving parts may freeze in place.
Do not use rough sponges or corrosive cleaners which may damage the paint.
Do not use water hotter than 60℃.
Do not use a dry cloth or sponge to clean the headlights. Clean them with water or car shampoo instead.
Automatic Cleaning
The vehicle can be cleaned in an automatic car wash, but the structure, filter, and the type of cleaners and conditioners of the car wash equipment will affect the exterior paint. If the body paint looks dull or scratched after a car wash, please inform the car wash operator immediately. If necessary, the car wash equipment should be replaced.
Before using an automatic car wash, the windows and sunroof should be closed, the auto wiper feature disabled, and the side mirrors folded. At the same time, the car wash operator should be notified that the vehicle is equipped with roof racks and a radio antenna.
Caution车辆进行自动洗车前,请在中控屏应用程序中心,点击。
Please shift into NEUTRAL (N gear) before an automatic car wash. Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driving > Tow/Wash Mode.
High Pressure Cleaning
When using a pressure washer, be sure to follow the operating instructions and maintain a sufficient distance from paint surface or soft materials (such as rubber hoses or sound insulation materials). When washing the vehicle, it is recommended to keep a distance of more than 500 mm at a pressure below 100 bar and a temperature not higher than 60°C and keep the washer as perpendicular as possible to the vehicle. Exceeding these standard parameters may cause damage to vehicle parts or water dripping into the car.
Do not use round beam nozzles or rotary nozzles. Tires must not be cleaned with round beam nozzles. Even if used from a distance and for a short time, such a nozzle may cause damage to the tires.
Do not use a pressure washer to flush the vehicle certification label or the corners of the window glass.
Polishing and Waxing
High-quality wax protects the vehicle paint from environmental damage and even prevents minor scratches. When water drops no longer roll off smoothly from the clean body paint, use a layer of high-quality hard car wax on the body paint. If the vehicle is cleaned regularly with cleaners, we recommend you apply hard wax at least twice a year to protect the body paint.
Polishing is only necessary when the body paint surface has lost its gloss and cannot be restored by waxing. Do not polish plastic parts or parts with matte finish.
Wiper Blades
Wash wiper blades with lukewarm car shampoo. Do not use alcohol or cleaners that contain petroleum products.
Windows and Side Mirrors
Use glass cleaners to regularly clean the inside and outside of all windows.
Clean the inside of the rear windshield with a soft cloth by wiping transversely. Do not scrape the glass or use abrasive cleaners to avoid damaging the heating element.
Clean the side mirrors with car shampoo. Do not use abrasive cleaners to avoid damaging the mirrors.
Plastic Parts
Clean the plastic parts with common cleaning methods. For stubborn stains, only use specialized solvent-free plastic cleaners to avoid corrosion.
Chrome Parts
You can clean the chrome parts with a wet cloth first and then wipe them with a soft dry cloth. For a better effect, use chrome conditioners to clean the chrome parts. When using chrome conditioners, be sure to apply the products completely and evenly. Do not clean or wipe the chrome parts in dusty or sandy environments.
Wheels
To keep the aluminum alloy wheels in good condition, the wheels require regular maintenance. We recommend you clean them thoroughly once every two weeks to prevent abrasive particles, dirt, or salt particles from attaching to and corroding the wheels. After cleaning, treat the aluminum alloy wheels with specialized acid-free and alkali-free cleaners. Apply hard wax on the wheels once every three months. If the protective paint layer is damaged due to impact, such as from a stone, be sure to retouch the paint immediately. Do not use paint polish or other polishing materials.
Serious stains on the wheels can cause imbalance of the wheels. This will result in wheel vibrations, which will be transmitted to the steering wheel. In some cases, this can cause premature wear on the steering mechanism. Therefore, it is necessary to regularly clean stains on the wheels.
Underbody Protection
The underbody of the vehicle is specially treated to protect against chemical and mechanical damage. However, damage to the protective layer during driving is inevitable. It is recommended to check the underbody and the protective layer before winter and in spring on a regular basis and repairing it when necessary.
Exposed Area of Radar
You can manually clean the exposed area of the radar by wiping it with a flannel soaked with an appropriate amount of water or neutral cleaning solution.
Where there is snow or ice, please remove the ice and snow on the exposed area of the radar first, and then wipe it with a flannel or let it dry in the air.
When using a pressure washer, please do not directly flush the exposed area of the radar. Otherwise, damage may occur.
Be careful not to contaminate or damage the sensors on the front/rear bumpers during maintenance.
Do not film, wax or coat the exposed area of the LiDAR sensor. Otherwise, the LiDAR sensor performance may be impaired.
Interior Cleaning and Maintenance
Regularly clean the interior with cleaners or conditioners to maintain the interior appearance. Before using any cleaners, vacuum the interior first.
Some dyes (such as from dark-washed jeans or sheepskin clothing) may stain the interior materials. When this happens, clean the stained surface as soon as possible.
Do not use strong solvents such as cleaning fluids, petrol or petroleum solvents which may damage the interior materials.
Do not spray cleaners directly on electronic buttons, switches or parts. Wipe stains with a soft cloth dampened with cleaning fluid.
Sharp objects may damage the fabric interior.
Fabric Interior
Only use specialized cleaners, dry foam, and a soft brush to clean the fabric materials on the doors, rear trunk, roof, and other areas.
Leather Interior
You can use a slightly wet cotton or woolen cloth, or a cleaning cloth to clean common dirt on the leather interior. You can use a cloth dipped in mild car shampoo to clean stubborn oil stains. Make sure that the leather material is not fully wet and prevent water from seeping through the stitching. Any remaining water on the leather surface should be quickly wiped off with a soft dry cloth. Stains from ballpoint pens, ink, lipsticks, shoe polish, and other substances on leather surfaces should be removed as soon as possible. We recommend you use a 100% pure polyurethane foam sponge for cleaning Nappa leather.
We recommend limiting the use of leather care products as much as possible, no more than twice a year for light-colored leather and no more than once a year for dark-colored leather.
Note不可用含溶剂的清洁剂清洁仪表板、气囊饰盖或皮革制品
Do not use cleaning solvents to clean the instrument panel, air bag covers, or leather interior.
To avoid leather fading, do not leave the vehicle under strong sunlight for long periods of time. If you need to park the vehicle under strong sunlight, please cover all leather material.
Sharp objects on clothes such as zips, rivets, and sharp buckles may leave marks or dents on the leather.
Avoid drinking coffee or using sunscreen in vehicles with a Nappa leather interior. Remove coffee or sunscreen stains on Nappa leather with mild soapy water as soon as possible.
Do not spray formaldehyde cleaners on leather. Doing so may leave white spots on genuine leather which are difficult to remove.
Seat Belts
Only use mild car shampoo to clean the seat belts. Do not remove the seat belts from the vehicle. Allow the belts to dry fully while extended.
Application of Antibacterial Product
Haptex
Haptex synthetic leather with antibacterial properties by means of a functional layer is based on Biomaster AT300 (active ingredient silver chloride CAS-Nr. 7783-90-6) for use in automotive interior parts (e.g. seats, IP, CNSL, and pillars) cladding: Antimicrobial product protection against gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria (e.g. Staphylococcus aureus and Escherichia coli according to GB/T 31402 or ISO 22196). No additional precautions need to be taken when the driver and passengers use the vehicle normally.
PVC
PVC synthetic leather with antibacterial properties is based on SILVADUR™ 960 Flex Antimicrobial, a polymeric system incorporating a silver ion antimicrobial agent (active ingredient CAS-Nr. 7761-88-8) for use in automotive interior part (e.g. IP upper, DP top roll, console inner) cladding: Antimicrobial product protection against gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria (e.g. Staphylococcus aureus and Escherichia coli according to ISO 22196). No additional precautions need to be taken when the driver and passengers use the vehicle normally.
Paint
Akzo Nobel waterborne coatings with antibacterial properties are based on silver chloride (active ingredient CAS-Nr. 7783-90-6) for use in the driver airbag cover: Antimicrobial product protection against gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria (e.g. Staphylococcus aureus and Escherichia coli according to GB/T 31402 or ISO 22196). No additional precautions need to be taken when the driver and passenger use the vehicle normally.
MUSASHI coatings with antibacterial properties are based on silver phosphate glass (active ingredient CAS-Nr. 308069-39-8) for use in the garnish ASSY of the steering wheel: Antimicrobial product protection against gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria (e.g. Staphylococcus aureus and Escherichia coli according to GB/T 31402). No additional precautions need to be taken when the driver and passenger use the vehicle normally.
PETER coatings with antibacterial properties are based on silver phosphate glass (active ingredient CAS-Nr. 308069-39-8) for use in automotive interior parts (e.g. door handle Inlay, rear air vent panel, rear USB panel, and PRND ornament): Antimicrobial product protection against gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria (e.g. Staphylococcus aureus and Escherichia coli according to ISO 22196). No additional precautions need to be taken when the driver and passenger use the vehicle normally.
Steering Wheel Leather
Artificial leather with antibacterial properties by means of a functional layer is based on Laedana® (active ingredient silver adsorbed on silicon dioxide as a nanomaterial in the form of a stable aggregate with primary particles in the nanoscale) for use in the steering wheel surface cover: Antimicrobial product protection against gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria (e.g. Staphylococcus aureus and Escherichia coli according to GB/T 31402 or ISO 22196). No additional precautions need to be taken when the driver and passengers use the vehicle normally.
Filter
Filter with antibacterial properties by means of a functional layer is based on dimethyltetradecyl[3-(trimethoxysilyl)propyl]ammonium chloride (N-46279) (active ingredient CAS-Nr. 41591-87-1) for use in air handling/air conditioning systems: Bacteriostatic and fungistatic properties against a multitude of gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria, yeast, and fungi according ISO 846 and JIS L 1902. No additional precautions need to be taken when placing the filter on the market.
Evaporator Core & Inner Condenser Coating
URD Coating is a hydrophilic chemical that contains biocidal products. The evaporator and IC could be protected by the hydrophilic coating, with antimicrobial properties by means of a functional layer based on active substances TBZ (CAS:148-79-8), SPT (CAS:3811-73-2), ZPT (CAS:13463-41-7), and/or OIT (CAS:26530-20-1). The coating shows great antimildew properties for Aspergillus Niger, Penicillium sp., and antibacterial properties for Escherichia coli and Staphylococcus aureus according to GB 21551.2. No additional precautions need to be taken when placing the evaporator and inner condenser on the market.
Vehicle Info
Vehicle manufacturer
Anhui Jianghuai Automobile Group Corp., Ltd.
NIO hotline
Refer to the contact table
NIO official website
Refer to the contact table
You can find the vehicle certification label in the lower area of the right B-pillar.
Vehicle brand label:
Instrument Cluster and Controls
1. Electronic switches on interior door handles
8. Control panel for emergency calls and reading lights
2. Control panel for windows
9. NOMI
3. Steering wheel buttons - left
10. Center display
4. Light control lever for turn signals and headlights
11. Gear selector and center console control panel
5. Digital instrument cluster
12. Wireless charging pad
6. Steering wheel buttons - right
13. Accelerator pedal
7. Wiper and washer control lever
14. Brake pedal
Warning Sign Information
No.
Name
Warning Sign
Description
1
High voltage electricity warning sign
Danger! Do not touch high voltage components.
2
High voltage component warning sign 1
High voltage components. Danger! Do not touch high voltage components without wearing protective equipment to avoid electric shock.
3
High voltage component warning sign 2
High voltage components. Danger! Do not touch high voltage components without wearing protective equipment to avoid electric shock and burns.
4
High voltage battery pack warning sign
Cautions for using the high voltage battery pack
5
High voltage cable warning sign
High voltage components are connected with orange high voltage harnesses. Do not touch high voltage components without wearing protective equipment.
6
Mutual compatibility identifiers used for charging the car
Mutual compatibility identifiers to guide you charging the car are found in the car’s charging port. When selecting the charging gun, you must make sure the identifier on the charging gun equals one of the identifiers found in the car’s charging port, either C, K or L.Voltage ranges related to those identifiers are as follows:
C: AC ≤ 480V
K: DC 50V to 500V
L: DC 200V to 920V
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is stamped on the right of the hood.
You can also find the VIN in the following locations:
Underside of the hood
Upper area at the end of the front driving motor
Left side of the instrument panel beam
Lower-left area of the front windshield
Lower area of the right B-pillar
Lower area of the right rear door frame
Upper area at the end of the rear motor
Upper side of the rear floor
Right side of the tailgate
You can also read the VIN from diagnostic instruments that pair with the vehicle (safety module diagnosis tool BD2):
Connect the diagnostic instrument to the diagnostic interface of the vehicle and turn it on.
Start the diagnostic program and log in to the diagnostic instrument interface.
The diagnostic instrument automatically reads and displays the VIN on the interface of the diagnostic instrument.
There is a radio frequency identification device (RFID) at the front windshield of the vehicle. You can install your ETC device here.
Driving Motor Identification Labels
The front driving motor identification label is located on the lower side of the motor.
The rear driving motor identification label is located on the lower side of the motor.
Recommended Fluids and Capacities
Item
Model
Capacity
Brake fluid
DOT4
0.84 L (four-piston front brake calipers) 0.94 L (six-piston front brake calipers)
Coolant
-40 °C OAT (glycol aqueous solution with inhibitor)
14.5 L (100 kwh - Jiangsu Contemporary Amperex Technology Limited)
14.41L (100 kwh - CALB Co., Ltd.)
14.75L (75 kwh)
Refrigerant
R1234yf
1,000g
Windshield washer fluid
Freezing point < -30 °C
3L
Gear box oil
Castrol BOT350M3
1L (front) 1.6L (rear)
E-Powertrain System Information
High voltage control system
Emergency HV cut-off plug
Air conditioning HV electric heater
Airbag
Curtain airbag gas cylinder
Structural reinforcement
Curtain airbag
12 V battery
Drive motor
High voltage battery
Charge port
Airbag control unit
High-pressure gas pump
High-pressure gas cylinder
Air-conditioning compressor
Seat belt pre-tensioner
Air spring
High Voltage Battery
The vehicle is equipped with a lithium-ion high voltage battery. Be careful not to damage the high voltage battery when lifting the vehicle from below. Take extra care not to break the battery's bottom plate when using rescue tools.
Warning高压电池警告
Before servicing, removing and installing high voltage components, be sure to power off the vehicle and confirm that the emergency power-off switch and 12V power supply are disconnected. After the vehicle is powered off, let it sit for more than 5 minutes.
No personnel without corresponding qualifications shall operate high voltage components. Operators must wear protective equipment such as insulating gloves that meet related requirements, and must not carry any metal objects.
Drive Motor
The electric drive system is responsible for the power output of the vehicle, which can convert the DC energy of the high voltage battery pack into mechanical torque in a controllable way, and transmit it to the wheels to drive the vehicle. In addition, in the braking state, the electric drive system can also regenerate braking energy to charge the high voltage battery pack, and realize functions such as reversing. The vehicle is equipped with two electric drive systems, of which the front electric drive system is installed on the front sub-frame, and the rear electric drive system is installed on the rear sub-frame.
12 V Battery
The 12 V battery powers the SRS, windows, locks, touchscreens and lighting.
Airbag
The vehicle airbag system includes frontal airbags and side airbags. The front airbags include front row head airbags, which are located in the trim cover of the steering wheel and at the ceiling of the front passenger side respectively. The side airbags include front row side airbags (located on the outer side of the front seats), and curtain airbags (located above the doors on both sides, in the ceiling area from the A pillar to the C pillar, where there are curtain airbag gas cylinders inside). The word “AIRBAG” is marked on the places where the airbag is placed to remind you that there is an airbag herein.
Air Spring High-pressure Gas Cylinder
The air spring high-pressure gas cylinder is located at the rear of the vehicle to provide sufficient gas for the air suspension system. The gas cylinder is fixed to the vehicle by a bracket with a rubber sleeve. By adjusting to different pressures, it provides suspension at different heights.
Vehicle Dimensions
Item
Value
Length A (mm)
4912
Width B (mm) (excluding side mirrors)
1987
Height C (mm)
1720
Wheel Base D (mm)
2960
Front Track E (mm)
1668
Rear Track F (mm)
1672
Front Overhang G (mm)
935
Rear Overhang H (mm)
1017
Ground Clearance (mm)
158
Approach Angle
17°
Departure Angle
22°
Seats
5
Mass Parameters
Item
75 kWh
100 kWh
Unladen mass (kg)
2346
2366
Mass of vehicle with bodywork in running order (including coolant, oils, fuel, tools, spare wheel and driver) (kg)
2421
2441
Distribution of this mass among the axles (kg)
Front Axle:
1216
1226
Rear Axle:
1205
1215
Technically permissible maximum laden mass stated by the manufacturer (kg)
2890
2890
Distribution of this mass among the axles and, in the case of a semi-trailer or centre-axle trailer, load on the coupling point (kg)
Front Axle:
1306
1306
Rear Axle:
1584
1584
Technically permissible maximum mass on each axle (kg)
Front Axle:
1400
1400
Rear Axle:
1695
1695
CautionWhen a trailer is installed, it's still necessary to ensure that
When a trailer is installed, it's still necessary to ensure that:
Technically permissible maximum laden mass no more than 2890 kg;
Technically permissible maximum mass on Front Axle no more than 1400kg, and on Rear Axle no more than 1695kg.
Wheel and Tire Parameters
Item
Numerical value
Specifications
255/50R20 109V XL
265/45R21 108Y XL
Tire pressure (bar)
2.6 (no load)
Camber angle
-0.5±0.5°
Total front camber angle
0±0.5°
Total toe-in of front wheels
0.3±0.2°
Front kingpin caster angle
4.7±0.5°
Total front kingpin caster angle
0±0.5°
Rear camber angle
-1.3±0.5°
Total rear camber angle
0±0.5°
Total toe-in of rear wheels
0.2±0.2°
Thrust angle
0±0.2°
Steering wheel angle
0±3.5°
Height of front wheel arch (mm)
473±5
Height of rear wheel arch (mm)
476±5
Wheel nut torque (N·m)
210
Note: The tire specifications are subject to the actual configuration of the vehicle.
Tire Markings
All tire signs and features are marked on the sidewall of the tire.
Product Name
Maximum tire load and maximum inflation pressure allowed (not for normal driving)
Tire Size
A tire marked 245/45R20 means that the tire width is 245 mm, the aspect ratio is 45, and R means that the tire has a radial structure and the wheel diameter is 20 inches.
The rated speed is the maximum speed that the tire can withstand for a prolonged period of time, wherein Q=160 km/h, R=170 km/h, S=180 km/h, T=190 km/h, U=200 km/h, H=210 km/h, V=240 km/h, W=270 km/h, Y=300 km/h.
Rated load mark
DOT tire identification number
Starts with the letters DOT, followed by numbers/letters, where the first 2 digits represent the code of the tire manufacturing plant, the second 2 digits represent the tire size, the next 4 digits represent the tire type code, and the last 4 digits represent the year and week of manufacturing. For example, 1721 means the 17th week of 2021. In the event of a recall of defective tires, this information may be used to contact consumers.
Motor Parameters
Item
Numerical value
Front
Rear
Drive motor type
AC Permanent Magnet Synchronous Motor
AC Asynchronous Motor
Drive motor model
TZ180S001
YS300S002
Drive motor rated power/torque (kW/N m)
70/150
35/70
Drive motor peak power/torque (kW/N·m)
180/350
300/500
Brake and Suspension Specs
Item
Numerical value
Thickness of brake pad (mm)
Front
Rear
Four-piston front brake calipers
Six-piston front brake calipers
Four-piston front brake calipers
Six-piston front brake calipers
2~9
2~8
2~11
2~8
Thickness of brake disc (mm)
Front
Rear
30~32
18~20
Rated working pressure of air suspension tank (bar)
Nickel-Cobalt-Manganese Lithium-Ion / Lithium Iron Phosphate Battery Cell
Nickel-Cobalt-Manganese Lithium-Ion Battery Cell
Nominal Voltage (V)
3.73
3.74
3.73/3.22
3.65
Nominal Capacity (Ah)
276
137
237/192
100
High Voltage Battery
Nominal Voltage (V)
358
358
386
350
Nominal Capacity (Ah)
280
280
195
200
Length*Width*Height (mm)
2062x1539x185.6
2062x1539x183.1
2062x1539x185.6
2062x1539x136
Number of Cells
96
192
118
192
Weight (kg)
555
555
535
525
Tire Inflation
Warning使用胎压过低或过高的轮胎将会引发事故,造成人身伤亡。
Using underinflated or overinflated tires will increase the risk of accident and injury.
To ensure your safety while driving, please check the tire pressure regularly. When checking the tire pressure, make sure the tires are cold (the tire temperature is the same as the ambient temperature or the vehicle has not been moved for three hours after driving). The recommended cold tire inflation pressure label is located on the frame of the driver door. If the tire is hot, the tire pressure is generally 0.3 bar higher than that of a cold tire.
Overinflation will affect your comfort while driving, damage tires, especially on rough roads, and cause blowouts in severe cases. This may lead to unexpected loss of vehicle control and an increased risk of injury. Underinflation will cause uneven tire wear, affect vehicle handling, and result in abnormal energy consumption.
NoteSince the 21-inch tires of the vehicle are self-repairing tires, the vehicle can still continue to run within a certain speed range (120 km/h) when the puncture width is less than 5mm and the center display shows that the tire pressure is normal. Please contact NIO Service Center immediately for tire inspection or replacement if a tire puncture exceeds 5mm in width or the tire is severely damaged.
Since the 21-inch tires of the vehicle are self-repairing tires, the vehicle can still continue to run within a certain speed range (120 km/h) when the puncture width is less than 5mm and the center display shows that the tire pressure is normal. However, self-repairing tires are not a long-term solution. If you notice any obvious tire leaks, punctures or serious damage, please contact NIO Service Center immediately for tire inspection or replacement.
You can inflate the tires with the tire inflator in the emergency kit. To inflate a flat tire:
Park the vehicle on a safe road, put on the reflective vest and set up the warning triangle properly.
Open the emergency kit cover in the trunk to take out the tire inflator.
Connect the inflation hose on the side of the tire inflator to the valve stem on the tire.
Connect the power plug of the tire inflator to the 12V power socket in the vehicle.
Make sure the vehicle is powered on, turn on the power switch of the tire inflator, and inflate the tire. When the tire pressure reaches 2.6 bar, turn off the tire inflator manually and disconnect it from the power socket.
After completing inflation, disconnect the inflator from the vehicle and stow it in the emergency kit.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
The vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System. If one or more tires have an abnormal pressure or temperature, the digital instrument cluster will light up the tire pressure indicator
and display the location of the faulty tire. It will also remind you to stop driving and check the tire as soon as possible and inflate or deflate the tire to the normal range.
If a tire has an abnormal tire pressure or is deflating rapidly, the instrument cluster will light up the tire pressure indicator
and the system will emit a beep to remind you to check the tire pressure. If the system functions abnormally or the tire temperature is above the rated range, the indicator will flash for 75 seconds and then stay solid
, and the system will emit a beep to remind you. In this case, park the vehicle in a safe place as soon as possible and contact NIO.
You can tap
My EL7 > Health on the center display to check the current tire pressure detected by the pressure monitoring system. If the current tire pressure is shown as "--", this means the system has not obtained a valid tire pressure reading, and you can check the tire pressure again after driving over 25 km/h for more than 10 minutes. If a tire is underinflated, overheated, or has any other abnormality detected by the system, the center display will highlight the position of the faulty tire and display the detailed fault information.
The Tire Pressure Monitoring System is based on the tire temperature and atmospheric temperature. At high altitudes or low temperatures, it may be necessary to inflate the tire to a slightly higher pressure to eliminate the low tire pressure alarm.
The operation of the pressure monitoring system may be disrupted if radio transmitting devices (e.g. wireless headphones, walkie-talkies) are used in or near the vehicle.
Tire Chains
The vehicle does not come with tire chains, but you can purchase them. Please pay attention to the following points when using tire chains:
Improper tire chains can damage the tires, wheels, and brake system of the vehicle. Please carefully check the specifications of the original equipment (OE) tires and the relevant instructions provided by the tire chain manufacturer. Only the rear 20-inch original equipment (OE) tires are suitable for tire chains. Tires chains are not recommended on other tires.
Do not drive over 50 km/h or the speed limit specified by the tire chain manufacturer (whichever is lower).
Drive carefully and slowly to avoid bumps, potholes, sharp turns, or wheel lock-up, which may impair the functionality of or cause damage to the vehicle.
To avoid tire damage and excessive tread wear, tire chains must be removed when driving on roads without snow.
AutoSock
EL7 does not come with AutoSock, but you can purchase them separately. Please pay attention to the following points when using AutoSock:
Improper AutoSock can damage the tires, wheels, and brake system of the vehicle. Please carefully check the specifications of the original equipment (OE) tires and the relevant instructions provided by the AutoSock manufacturer. AutoSock can be used on all the four wheels of the vehicle.
AutoSock is only used on ice and snow. When driving onto dry roads (asphalt roads, cement roads, dirt roads, etc.), remove it immediately. AutoSock should be removed when the vehicle is parked.
When the vehicle starts, ice and snow particles on the ground may be thrown up due to the increased grip of AutoSock. Avoid standing at the rear of the vehicle.
No need to turn off the vehicle's electronic stability system when AutoSock is in use.
The speed of the vehicle must not exceed 50 km/h with AutoSock installed. Please also avoid sharp acceleration, braking, turning, and other aggressive operations, otherwise, there is a high risk of damage to AutoSock.
If any abnormal noise is heard during driving with AutoSock installed, stop the vehicle in a safe position and, while ensuring personal safety, check whether AutoSock is installed correctly.
When the black fabric in the bottom layer below the white road contact fabric is exposed, stop using AutoSock, and replace it with new ones.
AutoSock should not be used as direct substitutes for winter tires.
After use, dry AutoSock, place it in their original packaging, and store it in a dry place. Due to the ease of use of the material, AutoSock can be washed at room temperature to keep the road contact fabric clean but should not be ironed.
Winter Tires
The vehicle is configured with summer tires. In cold environments, tire performance is reduced, grip is reduced and susceptibility to impact damage is increased. High performance tires may temporarily stiffen in cold weather, and a rolling noise may be heard for the first few kilometers before the tires warm up. To have your vehicle perform optimally, using winter tires in winter is recommended. Please choose the applicable winter tires or stud tires according to the national laws in your country.
It is recommended to install winter tires for your vehicle when the ambient temperature is below 7 °C. The driving performance of summer tires will be reduced at low temperatures, and the comfort will also be reduced. For example, there may be rattling noises caused by the tires when maneuvering on dry and slippery surfaces, or when accelerating out of corners.
Very low temperatures below -15 °C may cause permanent damage to summer tires.
Use winter tires of the same brand and tread pattern on all wheels to ensure safe maneuvering characteristics.
Tire Size
Speed rating
255/50 R20
109T XL
265/45 R21
108T XL
Caution冬季胎
Exceeding the maximum speed rating of the tire will damage the tire. This may also lead to tire blowouts. Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tires.
Winter tires with a tread depth of less than 4 mm must be replaced immediately. Such tires are no longer suitable for winter use and can no longer provide adequate grip. As a result, you may lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident.
Tire Repair
Warning若在轮胎穿刺漏气的情形下继续行驶车辆,容易发生爆胎事故,危及人身安全。
Do not drive with a punctured tire, as it may lead to a tire blowout and endanger your safety.
Tire sealant can irritate the eyes and skin. Keep out of reach of children. When using tire sealant, ignition, open flames, and smoking are prohibited.
If the tire sealant gets on the skin or in the eyes, rinse the affected part of the body off i immediately and thoroughly with plenty of water. Change soiled clothing immediately. Get medical attention immediately in the event of an allergic reaction. If sealant was swallowed, thoroughly rinse out the mouth without delay and drink plenty of water. Do not induce vomiting.
CautionBefore using tire sealant, please check the expiry date marked on the tire sealant tank to ensure that it is used before its expiry date. - 20 inch
Before using tire sealant, please check the expiry date marked on the tire sealant tank to ensure that it is used before its expiry date.
When the puncture width of a 20-inch tire is less than 6 mm, it is recommended to take out the puncturing object and repair the tire. If the puncture width is greater than 6 mm or the tire is even more seriously damaged, please do not continue to drive, and contact the NIO Service Center in a timely manner to replace the tire.
If the tire is repaired while the puncturing object is not taken out, the tire can make abnormal noises while driving after the repair, and air leakage may occur during long-distance driving.
If self-repairing tires or silent cotton tires are used, it is not recommended to repair tires with tire sealant. Please contact the NIO Service Center.
NoteSince the 21-inch tire of the vehicle is a self-repairing tire, the vehicle can still continue to drive within a certain speed range (120 km/h) when the puncture width is less than 5 mm and the center display shows that the tire pressure is normal. However, self-repairing tires are not a long-term solution. If any tire is found to have a nail in it or is seriously damaged, please contact the NIO Service Center in a timely manner for tire inspection or replacement.
If self-repairing tires are used, the vehicle can still continue to drive within a certain speed range (120 km/h) when the puncture width is less than 5 mm and the center display shows that the tire pressure is normal. However, self-repairing tires are not a long-term solution. If any tire is found to have a nail in it or is seriously damaged, please contact the NIO Service Center in a timely manner for tire inspection or replacement.
When repairing, please try to orient the tire so that the punctured spot is at the top of the tire.
Tire sealant can only be used to repair the tread area.
Park the vehicle on a flat and solid road and put it in Park, stay away from busy and congested roads, then put on your reflective vest and place the warning triangle, turn on the hazard warning lights, and use the tire sealant and tire inflator in the vehicle tools to repair the tire:
Park the vehicle on a safe road, and place the warning triangle.
Open the vehicle tool cover in the rear trunk, and take out the tire sealant canister and tire inflator.
Stick the speed limit sign on the tire sealant canister onto the steering wheel to remind yourself not to exceed 80 km/h when driving.
Connect the tire sealant canister to the wheel, remove the tire valve dust cap, and connect the tire sealant filling tube to the tire valve.
Take out the power plug of the tire inflator and connect it to the 12V power socket of the vehicle.
Make sure the vehicle is powered on, turn on the tire inflator and start to inject tire sealant into the tire. Observe the pressure gauge, and turn it off when the pointer reaches ≥ 2.2 bar (which will take around 5 to 10 minutes). Turn off the tire inflator and disconnect the power plug from the 12V power socket.
Note充气泵开始工作时,胎压指针可能会短暂最高指示至6bar, 随后压力恢复正常。
When the tire inflater begins operating, the pressure gauge will initially display a high pressure up to six bar, after which the pressure will drop to a normal range.
Disconnect the inflation tube from the tire valve, and put everything away.
Drive for 3 to 10 kilometers (around 5 to 10 minutes) at a speed not higher than 80 km/h, so that the tire sealant can be evenly spread inside the tire and block the puncture hole.
Park the vehicle on a safe road, set up the warning triangle, and check the tire pressure readings on the center display. Continue driving if the tire pressure is ≥ 2.2 bar. Inflate the tire to ≥ 2.2 bar if the tire is under-inflated and drive the vehicle at a speed no higher than 80 km/h for 3 to 10 kilometers (or around 5 to 10 minutes). Check the tire pressure again. If the tire pressure is still below 2.2 bar which means the tire is severely damaged or the tire sealant cannot seal the tire, park the vehicle in a safe place and contact NIO immediately.
If the tire pressure gauge is unable to reach the green zone within 12 minutes after repair then the tire is severely damaged. Please stop driving the vehicle and contact NIO.
Tire sealant is only a temporary solution for emergencies and the vehicle can be driven for up to 200 kilometers at most. Please take the vehicle to the nearest repair shop for tire repair or replacement.
Tire Replacement
If a tire cannot be repaired with tire sealant due to a severe leak, park the vehicle safely on a flat and solid road as far away from traffic as possible and shift into PARK. Put on the reflective vest, set up the warning triangle, turn on the hazard warning lights, and contact NIO for tire replacement.
When replacing a tire, the new tire must comply with the specifications of the original one. Using a tire with different specifications may affect the vehicle’s handling and result in a loss of vehicle control.
Never get underneath the vehicle when it is lifted on a jack as this may cause severe injury or even death.
Do not lift the vehicle when people are inside.
The vehicle can only be lifted at specified lift points on the vehicle's underside.
Do not place any object above or underneath the jack when it is lifting the vehicle.
Never use a jack to lift the vehicle on an uphill or downhill slope or on a roadway that slopes to one side.
Jacks should only be used to raise vehicles when changing tires.
Follow the instructions to replace the tire:
Prepare a jack and a spare tire of the correct specifications.
Place a stopper in front of the tire diagonal to the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from slipping.
Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driving > Jack Mode to maintain the suspension at the current height and avoid height changes during tire replacement.
Remove the lug cap with the removal tool in the emergency kit, and then turn the lug wrench counterclockwise to loosen the lug nuts.
Tire rims have a special protective coating. When removing or installing lug nuts, tires or rims, take reasonable precautions to protect the rim’s surface from accidental scratches caused by hard or sharp objects.
Make sure the jack is positioned correctly under the jack point. Failure to do so may damage the vehicle, or the vehicle may slip off the jack and cause injury.
Jack up the vehicle until the flat tire is sufficiently above the ground. When lifting the vehicle, ensure the jack is properly positioned.
Remove the lug nuts and change the flat tire. When mounting the new tire, ensure the lug nuts are aligned with the mounting holes and the metal surface of the rim is in proper contact with the mounting surface.
After installing the lug nuts, use the jack to lower the vehicle to the ground and exit the Jack Mode on the center display. Tighten all the lug nuts clockwise with the lug wrench. Then, use a torque wrench to tighten the lug nuts to the specified torque.
Check the tire pressure after replacement. If necessary, inflate the tires to the rated range, and then replace the tire valve cap.
Properly stow all the tools, the jack, and the flat tire.
Placing a Warning Triangle
In case of an emergency, please slowly and steadily drive the vehicle to a safe area, press the brake pedal to stop the vehicle, and shift into PARK. Then, you should turn on the hazard warning lights by pressing the button on the center console to warn other vehicles approaching from behind.
PARK button
Hazard warning light button
Open the cargo cover inside the trunk and take out the warning triangle and reflective vest from the emergency kit. You should put on the reflective vest first, and then place the warning triangle at around 50 meters to 100 meters behind the vehicle (at least 150 meters behind the vehicle on the highway; add an additional 100 meters at night; 200 meters behind the vehicle in case of rain or fog).
Instructions for setting up the warning triangle:
Deploy the bracket under the triangle.
Unfold the two sides of the triangle.
Fasten the buckle on top of the triangle.
Call for Road Assistance
In case of accidents such as a vehicle collision, water soaking, battery pack fire, etc., call the NIO Hotline for road assistance after setting up the warning signs, and the Road Assistance team will come to help you as soon as possible.
In the event of a battery fire risk, the vehicle will automatically cut off power and the instrument cluster and center display will display a warning message. Make sure the surrounding area is safe and promptly leave the vehicle to call for help.
If the vehicle is connected to the network, you can press the SOS button on the roof to call for road assistance (long press once, or short press twice), and you can cancel the call on the center display within 8 seconds after making the call. The backlight of the SOS button indicates the status of the SOS feature: a green light means that the SOS feature is available; a green flashing light means that road assistance is being called; a red light or a red flashing light means that the SOS feature is unavailable, in such a situation you need to contact NIO Service Center immediately.
Note车辆在连接网络状态下,当发生事故且安全气囊弹出时,车辆将自动呼叫救援,为您的生命安全护航。
When the vehicle is connected to the Internet, it will automatically make an emergency call if an accident occurs and the airbag inflates.
The 112-based E-Call In-vehicle System
The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is mandatory for new vehicle models in all EU countries. In the event of a severe accident, the eCall system can connect you to an appropriate PSAP (Public Safety Answering Point) via an audio link automatically if the vehicle safety system is triggered, or manually if you press the SOS button on the roof console.
The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is activated by default. It is activated automatically when the activation level for seatbelt tensioners or airbags is reached in the event of a severe accident. The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system can also be activated manually, if needed. To activate the eCall manually, press the SOS button on the roof console for over 250 milliseconds and release the button within 10 seconds. The manual trigger is designed in such a way as to avoid mis-operation. To terminate the calling, press and release the SOS button again within five seconds after it is pressed the first time.
In the event of a critical system malfunction, the 112-based eCall in-vehicle system may be impaired. The backlight of the SOS button indicates the status of the emergency call. Solid green indicates the eCall system functions normally; flashing green indicates an emergency call is in progress; flashing red indicates the eCall system has a minor fault but can still be activated; solid red indicates the eCall system has a major fault and cannot be activated. In this case, you can find the fault notification on the center display, and contact NIO if needed.
The processing of personal data through the 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is in line with the personal data protection rules stipulated in Directives 95/46/EC (1) and 2002/58/EC (2) of the European Parliament and of the Council, and in particular, is based on the necessity to protect the vital interests of the individuals in accordance with Article 7(d) of Directive 95/46/EC (3). The processing of such data is strictly limited to the purpose of handling the emergency call made to the single European emergency number 112 in emergency situations within the meaning of Article 5(2) of Regulation (EU) 2015/758.
The 112-based E-Call in-vehicle system may collect and process only the following data:
Vehicle Identification Number
Vehicle type (passenger vehicle)
Vehicle propulsion storage type (gasoline/diesel/CNG/LPG/electric/hydrogen)
Vehicle last three locations and direction of travel. The recent vehicle locations are selected by random so as to ensure that the IVS is not traceable and not subject to any constant tracking.
Estimated number of occupants onboard
Log file of E-Call activation of the system and its timestamp
Recipients of data processed by the 112-based eCall in-vehicle system are the relevant public safety answering points of the area where the vehicle is located. The data may be shared with other parties such as police stations, fire stations, hospitals limited for emergency aid purposes.
The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is designed in such a way as to ensure that:
Data stored in the system is not available outside the system before an eCall is triggered.
The system is not traceable and not subject to any constant tracking in its normal operation status.
Data stored in the system is automatically and continuously removed.
The vehicle location data is constantly overwritten in the internal memory of the system so as to keep the last three up-to-date locations of the vehicle necessary for the normal functioning of the system.
The log of activity data in the system is kept for no longer than necessary for attaining the purpose of handling the emergency call and in any case no longer than 13 hours after an emergency call is triggered.
With regard to the arrangements for exercising data subjects' rights as well as the contact service responsible for handling access requests, please kindly contact NIO for support. For contact details, please refer to our Connected Vehicle Privacy Notice or contact details in this manual. NIO GmbH
Data Protection
Montgelasstrasse 14
81679 Munich
Germany
privacy.eu@nio.io
00 8000 999 6699 (EU) / 800 24 789 (Norway)
TPS eCall
TPS ecall is a third party supported eCall service regard to 112-based eCall in EU. ARC Europe SA will be acting as the TPS agency for NIO TPS eCall, operating the NIO TPS eCall with 24-hours, 7-days availability.
TPS eCall agent will deliver users with services in the corresponding language according to the language set in the user's vehicle. TPS eCall agent evaluates if it is a fake or real emergency before addressing the relevant PSAPs, then cancel the mis-call to help avoid legal risk of mis-connecting to PSAP. When the incidents occur, the TPS agent can help the user redirect RSA (Road Side Assist service) or advise the user to contact insurance companies providing RSA; if the incident is evaluated to be a crash or an emergency, TPS agent transfers the MSD to the local Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) and track the rescue progress in time. During the rescue process, TPS agents can act as a language translation function between the user and the local rescue staff to avoid language barriers in emergency situations.
TPS eCall can be set by main user on Setting - General section in the setting page of the ICS of the vehicle replacing the statutory eCall. The default option will be TPS eCall. Once the customer makes a choice, the choice will be recorded within the user profile.
NIO TPS eCall can only be ended by the TPS agent. Please inform the agent if the call is connected by mistake and the agent will end the call for you.
The necessary vehicle data will be collected from the vehicle and sent to NIO TPS, then forwarded to the TPS provider to handle the emergency when TPS eCall is triggered by user's active triggering, collision triggering and EDA triggering.
Uploaded TPS eCall data will be stored for 6 months to allow NIO to perform accident responding and handling.
After contacting the driver and passengers, TPS provider will pass the necessary data to the local PSAP in local language for rescue purposes.
The TPS provider may collect and process only the following data, then send it to the local PSAP when it is needed:
Driving service information
Crash type (front, side, rear, etc.) and delta Velocity (Vx and Vy).
(Note: Delta Velocity is the collection of change of velocity every 10 ms at X-axis and Y-axis during 250 ms after crash incident.)
Current vehicle location and direction
Vehicle speed
Vehicle propulsion storage type
Airbag triggered (How many airbags are triggered after crash)
Language set up on the center display
Number of passengers
Contact information
User's name (Optional, if the user is registered)
User's email address (Optional, if the user is registered)
User's mobile number (Optional, if the user is registered)
Vehicle basic information
Make/Model/Color/Model year
VIN number
Jump Starting
When the vehicle cannot start because the 12V battery level is low, you can jump start the vehicle by connecting the jumper cable to the 12V battery of another vehicle.
CautionFor NT2, when starting the vehicle with jumper cables, it is crucial to avoid contact between two vehicles. If the two vehicles' low-voltage battery-positive terminals are connected, the current may run right away, causing damage to the vehicles.
When starting the vehicle with jumper cables, it is crucial to avoid contact between two vehicles. If the 12V battery-positive terminals of the two vehicles are connected, the current may run right away, causing damage to the vehicles.
When connecting the jumper cables to the vehicles, be sure to connect the positive terminals first, followed by the negative terminals.
When using jumper cables to initiate an external power source, voltage requirements apply. Please contact NIO Service Center when the battery is depleted to prevent damage to the battery.
To avoid short circuits or other damage, we recommend you observe the following procedure when you jump start the vehicle:
Put the vehicles in PARK, cut off the power supply of the 12V battery, make sure the jumper cable is correctly connected to the vehicle electrical system, and open the trunk cover of Vehicle A with lower battery level to find the 12V battery.
Connect one end of the red cable to the positive (+) terminal on the 12V battery on Vehicle A.
Connect the other end of the red cable to the positive (+) terminal of the 12V battery on Vehicle B.
Connect one end of the black cable to the negative (-) terminal on the 12V battery of Vehicle B.
Connect the other end of the black cable to a proper earthing point of the 12V battery on Vehicle A.
Start Vehicle B and let it run for a few minutes. Then, start Vehicle A to check whether it can start up normally.
After Vehicle A starts up normally, power off Vehicle B, remove the jumper cables in the opposite order they were connected, and stow all equipment.
Emergency Unlocking from the Outside
When the vehicle cannot be unlocked from the outside by regular methods (smart key, keyless unlock, mobile app or NFC), you can use the physical emergency key to unlock the driver’s door.
Caution请将物理应急钥匙带出车外并妥善保管,以备紧急解锁或上锁时使用。
Do not leave the emergency key in your vehicle. Please keep it safe in case of emergency.
How to use the physical emergency key:
Press and hold the front part of the outer door handle of the driver’s door to unfold the outer door handle.
Hold the unfolded outer door handle with one hand while inserting the physical emergency key into the keyhole in the outer door handle with the other hand, and turn the key counterclockwise to unlock the driver’s door.
When locking, press and hold the front part of the outer door handle, turn the physical emergency key counterclockwise for one unlocking action, and then turn the key clockwise to lock the driver’s door.
To lock the vehicle with the key fob after it has been unlocked with the emergency key, reset the lock cylinder by unlocking and then locking the driver's door to keep the vehicle safe.
Emergency Unlocking from the Inside
When the whole vehicle is locked, if the door needs to be opened in an emergency (for example, when the electronic switch on the door handle fails or the vehicle falls into the water), pull the mechanical switch on the interior door handle once to open the corresponding door.
CautionES7 Opening the Door from Inside in an Emergency
When the 12V battery of the vehicle is low on power, the physical emergency key can only be used to unlock the door on the driver side. At such moments it cannot be used to unlock the whole vehicle. The other doors can only be unlocked and opened by pulling the mechanical switch for the inner door handles.
Neither rear door can be opened from inside when the Child-Protection Lock function is enabled. They can only be opened from outside once the whole vehicle is unlocked.
In the event of an accident that is of sufficient gravity to trigger airbag deployment, the Child-Protection Lock on the rear door will unlock automatically.
Emergency Tailgate Opening
To open the tailgate, lift the oval block above the lock buckle from the inside of the trunk, and then toggle the button in the hole with your finger.
First Aid Kit
If your vehicle is equipped with a first aid kit, it is located in the trunk side net. The first aid kit contains the necessary treatment items for emergency situations. Please refer to the built-in instructions of the first aid kit for specific instructions.
The first aid kit is
valid for 5 years . Please contact NIO to purchase a new one after expiration.
Protective Equipment for Rescue Operations
The powertrain system is powered by the high voltage battery. Severe collisions and impacts may cause electrical leakage or electrolyte leakage. Therefore, rescue operations should be carried out by professionals who must wear personal protective equipment.
Warning对车辆进行操作时请确保身上未携带金属制品(如项链、手表等),以免发生电击伤害。
Remove all metal objects (such necklaces and watches) before carrying out any operation. Failure to do so may increase the risk of electric shock.
Electrical Protection
Wear the following protective equipment to avoid high voltage electric shocks:
In case of electrolyte leakage, wear the following protective equipment to prevent skin and facial injuries:
Protective face shield
Chemical-resistant gloves
Cutting Off the High Voltage Circuit
To cut off the high voltage circuit, disconnect the emergency high voltage cutoff plug (located in the left area under the hood), and then disconnect the cable connected to the negative terminal of the 12V battery (located in the left area of the trunk).
To cut off the high voltage circuit:
Pull the hood handle cover in the cabin to unlatch the hood.
Toggle the hood latch.
Lift the hood, and support it with the prop rod.
Disconnect the emergency high voltage cutoff plug to cut off the high voltage circuit. Remove the plug and stow it appropriately.
Disconnect the cable connected to the negative terminal of the 12V battery. Wrap the cable with a protective layer to avoid conduction due to accidental contact.
Towing a Vehicle that Had an Accident
Caution本车辆不适合使用车轮着地的牵引方式进行牵引,请勿使用牵引链条直接牵引车辆。
Do not tow your vehicle when the tires are touching the ground and do not tow the vehicle directly with tow chains.
If you need the vehicle to be towed, please call a flatbed trailer to transport the vehicle. How to tow a vehicle:
Take out the hitch from the vehicle kit in the rear trunk.
Press the lower end of the front towing flap of the vehicle to open it (1 in the picture), insert the hitch into the hole and rotate until the hitch is firmly seated (2 in the picture). The rear hitch (if present) is installed in the same way as the front hitch.
Press the brake pedal while the vehicle is in the Park gear, go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap
Driving > Trailer/Wash Mode, then the vehicle will be released from the parking brake and can be towed (if the vehicle is at risk of slipping, use the brake stops).
Power the vehicle off before towing, turn on the hazard warning lights, make sure that there is no one in the vehicle and lock the entire vehicle.
Install the tow chain on the hitch and slowly tow the vehicle onto the flatbed.
After the vehicle is towed to the designated location on the flatbed, use brake stops and wheel straps to fix the tires.
Before having the vehicle transported on a flatbed, Exit Trailer/Wash Mode on the center display; then tap
Driving > Jack Mode on the current page to lock the current vehicle suspension height to prevent the vehicle from being damaged due to bumps during transportation.
CautionThe vehicle can only be towed from the site when there are no safety risks in doing so. -NT2
The vehicle can only be towed from the site when there are no safety risks in doing so. If the high voltage battery is deformed, leaking or emitting smoke, address the risk posed by the high voltage battery first.
Try restarting the 12V battery if Tow/Wash Mode cannot be turned on normally. If the park brake cannot be released, use a tow dolly or a trailer to transport the vehicle a short distance.
Do not slam on the brake pedal or accelerator pedal when exiting Tow/Wash Mode on the center display.
Rescuing the Vehicle in Water
Caution车辆在涉水行驶时建议不要长时间处于深水内,否则容易对车辆高压部件造成损坏。
When driving, do not submerge the vehicle in deep water for a long period of time. Otherwise, the vehicle’s high voltage components may be damaged.
If the vehicle body and chassis are not damaged, there will not be any additional risks of electric shock. However, the rescue of a submerged vehicle should be carried out by professionals who must wear personal protective equipment. During rescue operations, first pull the vehicle out of the water and then cut off the high voltage circuit.
Rescuing the Vehicle on Fire
Warning如果车辆发生火灾,切勿直接触摸车上任意部分。请穿戴正确的防护装备对其进行操作。
In the case of a vehicle fire, do not directly touch any part of the vehicle. All rescue operations should be performed by professionals who must wear appropriate personal protective equipment.
The gas stored in the side curtain airbag cylinder and the high pressure air suspension tank may expand and explode under high temperatures. Please act with caution to avoid injury.
If the vehicle fire doesn’t involve the high voltage battery, you can use the fire extinguisher to put out the fire.
If the vehicle fire is caused by the high voltage battery or the high voltage battery is overheated, deformed, cracked, or damaged in the fire, use a large amount of water or foam extinguishing agent mixed with water (F-500 EA is recommended) to cool down the high voltage battery. After the battery is completely cooled down (which may take up to 24 hours), monitor it for one more hour to ensure the battery does not heat up again. Then, drive the vehicle to an open and flat area and set up a 15-meter safety zone to keep people away from the vehicle.
Warning对着火的高压电池采取降温措施后需警惕高压电池有复燃风险,避免运输过程中造成二次伤害。
Be aware that a high voltage battery may re-ignite even after it is cooled down. Particular attention should be paid when transporting the battery.
If leakage from a high voltage battery is caused due to an impact, the rescue should be performed by professionals who must wear protective face shields and chemical-resistant gloves. Never make direct contact with the fluids.
When the high voltage battery leaks, it may generate heat or even cause a fire. Please cool down the high voltage battery first and then clean up the fluids.
If the leak is not severe, use a liquid absorbing pad to clean up the fluids and then place the used pad in a closed container or use a professional incineration process to dispose of the fluids.
If the leak is severe, dispose of the fluids following the disposal guidelines for hazardous chemical waste. Pour calcium gluconate solution over the leaked fluids and use gas collection and control devices to dispose of the leaked gases.
If any fluids accidentally get on the skin, remove the contaminated clothes, and rinse the skin with soap under running water for 15 minutes until all chemical residues are removed. Seek medical attention immediately if the irritation or discomfort doesn’t improve.
When professional rescuers perform cutting operations, they must use appropriate tools such as a hydraulic cutter and wear appropriate personal protective equipment to avoid serious injury.
The vehicle pillars use aluminum castings to better protect the occupants in case of an impact. Please use proper tools to cut the pillars during a rescue. Do not cut any high temperature or high voltage areas on the vehicle, such as airbag components and high voltage components, as indicated by the red areas below.